WO2026016972A1 - 基矢量指示方法、装置、终端及网络侧设备 - Google Patents

基矢量指示方法、装置、终端及网络侧设备

Info

Publication number
WO2026016972A1
WO2026016972A1 PCT/CN2025/108071 CN2025108071W WO2026016972A1 WO 2026016972 A1 WO2026016972 A1 WO 2026016972A1 CN 2025108071 W CN2025108071 W CN 2025108071W WO 2026016972 A1 WO2026016972 A1 WO 2026016972A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
vector
basis
basis vector
base
orthogonal
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/CN2025/108071
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
袁江伟
吴昊
刘昊
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Vivo Mobile Communication Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Vivo Mobile Communication Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Vivo Mobile Communication Co Ltd filed Critical Vivo Mobile Communication Co Ltd
Publication of WO2026016972A1 publication Critical patent/WO2026016972A1/zh
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/02—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by diversity reception
    • H04L1/06—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by diversity reception using space diversity
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H04W28/06—Optimizing the usage of the radio link, e.g. header compression, information sizing, discarding information

Definitions

  • This application belongs to the field of wireless communication technology, specifically relating to a base vector indication method, apparatus, terminal, and network-side equipment.
  • the size of the codebook may be increased by increasing the size of the candidate base vector group or the number of candidate values for the base vector offset, thereby improving the codebook performance.
  • This application provides a base vector indication method, apparatus, terminal, and network-side device that can save the overhead of base vector indication.
  • a base vector indication method comprising: a terminal acquiring N first base vector information to be fed back, wherein each of the N first base vector information is associated with a base vector, and the first base vector information includes at least one of the following: a base vector indication, a base vector offset indication, and N being an integer greater than 0; the terminal feeding back M indication information and N first base vector information to a network-side device, wherein the indication information is used to determine the load size of the N first base vector information, and M being an integer greater than 0.
  • a base vector indication method comprising: a terminal determining at least one second base vector information associated with at least one base vector based on at least one reference base vector, wherein the second base vector information includes one of the following: base vector offset, base vector index; the terminal determining a target mapping rule for each base vector information based on the value of a target parameter associated with each base vector information, wherein the target mapping rules corresponding to multiple target parameters with different values are not completely the same; the terminal mapping the second base vector information to a positive integer in a set of positive integers based on the target mapping rule for each second base vector information; and the terminal indicating the positive integer mapped to each second base vector information to a network-side device.
  • a basis vector indication method comprising: a terminal determining N basis vectors to be fed back, wherein N is an integer greater than 1; the terminal feeding back N basis vector group indications and one basis vector indication to a network-side device, wherein each of the N basis vector group indications is used to indicate the basis vector group to which a basis vector belongs, and the basis vector indication is used to indicate the local index of each basis vector in the N basis vectors in the basis vector group, wherein the basis vectors in each basis vector group are mutually orthogonal.
  • a base vector indication method comprising: a network-side device receiving M indication information and N first base vector information fed back by a terminal, wherein each of the N first base vector information is associated with a base vector, and the first base vector information includes at least one of the following: a base vector indication and a base vector offset indication, where N is an integer greater than 0; the indication information is used to determine the load size of the N base vector information, where M is an integer greater than 0; the network-side device determines the load size of the N first base vector information based on the M indication information; and the network-side device parses the N first base vector information associated with the N base vectors based on the determined load size.
  • a base vector indication method comprising: a network-side device receiving a positive integer mapped by each second base vector information indicated by a terminal, wherein the second base vector information includes one of the following: a base vector offset, a base vector index; the network-side device determining a target mapping rule for each second base vector information based on the positive integer indicated by the terminal, wherein the target mapping rules corresponding to multiple different positive integers are not completely the same; the network-side device obtaining the second base vector information mapped by each positive integer based on the target mapping rule associated with each second base vector information and the associated positive integer.
  • a base vector indication method comprising: a network-side device receiving N base vector group indications and one base vector indication fed back by a terminal, wherein each of the N base vector group indications is used to indicate the base vector group to which a base vector belongs, and the base vector indication is used to indicate the local index of each base vector in the N base vectors within the base vector group, wherein the base vectors within each base vector group are mutually orthogonal; the network-side device determines the global index of the N base vectors based on the N base vector group indications and the one base vector indication.
  • a seventh aspect provides a base vector indication device, comprising: a processing module for acquiring N first base vector information to be fed back, wherein each of the N first base vector information is associated with a base vector, and the first base vector information includes at least one of the following: a base vector indication, a base vector offset indication, and N is an integer greater than 0; and a sending module for feeding back M indication information and the N base vector information to a network-side device, wherein the indication information is used to determine the load size of the N first base vector information, and M is an integer greater than 0.
  • a base vector indication device comprising: a processing module, configured to determine at least one second base vector information associated with at least one base vector based on at least one reference base vector, wherein the second base vector information includes one of the following: a base vector offset, a base vector index; determine a target mapping rule for each second base vector information based on the value of a target parameter associated with each second base vector information, wherein the target mapping rules corresponding to multiple target parameters with different values are not completely identical; map the second base vector information to a positive integer in a set of positive integers based on the target mapping rule for each second base vector information; and a sending module, configured to indicate to a network-side device the positive integer mapped to each second base vector information.
  • a ninth aspect provides a base vector indication device, comprising: a processing module for determining N base vectors to be fed back, wherein N is an integer greater than 1; and a sending module for feeding back N base vector group indications and a base vector indication to a network-side device, wherein each of the N base vector group indications is used to indicate the base vector group to which a base vector belongs, and the base vector indication is used to indicate the local index of each base vector in the N base vectors within the base vector group, wherein the base vectors within each base vector group are mutually orthogonal.
  • a tenth aspect provides a base vector indication device, comprising: a receiving module, configured to receive M indication information and N first base vector information fed back by a terminal, wherein each of the N first base vector information is associated with a base vector, and the first base vector information includes at least one of the following: a base vector indication and a base vector offset indication, where N is an integer greater than 0, the indication information being used to determine the load size of the N base vector information, and M is an integer greater than 0; and a processing module, configured to determine the load size of the N first base vector information based on the M indication information; and to parse the N first base vector information associated with the N base vectors based on the determined load size.
  • a base vector indication device comprising: a receiving module, configured to receive a positive integer mapped by each second base vector information indicated by a terminal, wherein the second base vector information includes one of the following: a base vector offset, a base vector index; a processing module, configured to determine a target mapping rule for each second base vector information based on the positive integer indicated by the terminal, wherein the target mapping rules corresponding to multiple different positive integers are not completely the same; and to obtain second base vector information mapped by each positive integer based on the target mapping rule associated with each second base vector information and the associated positive integer.
  • a basis vector indication device comprising: a receiving module for receiving N basis vector group indications and a basis vector indication fed back by a terminal, wherein each of the N basis vector group indications is used to indicate the basis vector group to which a basis vector belongs, and the basis vector indication is used to indicate the local index of each basis vector in the N basis vectors within the basis vector group, and the basis vectors within each basis vector group are mutually orthogonal; and a processing module for determining the global index of the N basis vectors based on the N basis vector group indications and the basis vector indication.
  • a base vector indicating device is provided, the device being configured to perform the steps of the method as described in any one of the first to sixth aspects.
  • a terminal including a processor and a memory, the memory storing a program or instructions executable on the processor, the program or instructions, when executed by the processor, implementing the steps of the method as described in any one of the first to third aspects.
  • a terminal including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the processor is configured to implement the steps of the method as described in any one of the first to third aspects, and the communication interface is configured to communicate with a network-side device.
  • a network-side device including a processor and a memory, the memory storing a program or instructions executable on the processor, the program or instructions, when executed by the processor, implementing the steps of the method as described in any one of the fourth to sixth aspects.
  • a network-side device including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the processor is configured to implement the steps of the method as described in any one of the fourth to sixth aspects, and the communication interface is configured to communicate with a terminal.
  • a readable storage medium on which a program or instructions are stored, which, when executed by a processor, implement the steps of the method as described in any one of the first to sixth aspects.
  • a wireless communication system comprising: a terminal and a network-side device, wherein the terminal is configured to perform steps of the method as described in any one of the first to third aspects, and the network-side device is configured to perform steps of the method as described in any one of the fourth to sixth aspects.
  • a chip including a processor and a communication interface coupled to the processor, the processor being configured to run a program or instructions to implement the steps of the method as described in any one of the first to sixth aspects.
  • a computer program/program product is provided, the computer program/program product being stored in a storage medium, the computer program/program product being executed by at least one processor to perform the steps of the method as described in any one of the first to sixth aspects.
  • the terminal acquires N base vector indications or base vector offset indications to be fed back, and feeds back M indication information and N base vector indications or base vector offset indications to the network-side device.
  • the load size of the N base vector indications or base vector offset indications can be determined through the M indication information, so that the terminal can determine the load size of the base vector indications or base vector offset indications according to actual needs, without having to indicate the base vectors according to the largest base vector indication or base vector offset indication, thereby saving the overhead of base vector indication.
  • Figure 1 shows a block diagram of a wireless communication system that can be applied to an embodiment of this application
  • Figure 2 shows a schematic flowchart of a basis vector indication method provided in an embodiment of this application
  • FIG. 3 shows another schematic flowchart of the basis vector indication method provided in the embodiments of this application.
  • Figure 4 shows a flowchart of a basis vector indication method provided in an embodiment of this application
  • FIG. 5 shows another schematic flowchart of the basis vector indication method provided in the embodiments of this application.
  • Figure 6 shows a flowchart of a basis vector indication method provided in an embodiment of this application
  • Figure 7 shows a schematic diagram of the position of a basis vector in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 8 shows a schematic diagram of the position of another basis vector in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 9 shows another schematic flowchart of the basis vector indication method provided in the embodiments of this application.
  • Figure 10 shows a schematic diagram of a basis vector indicator device provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 11 shows another structural schematic diagram of the basis vector indicator device provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 12 shows another structural schematic diagram of the basis vector indicator device provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 13 shows another structural schematic diagram of the basis vector indicator device provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 14 shows another structural schematic diagram of the basis vector indicator device provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 15 shows another structural schematic diagram of the basis vector indicator device provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 16 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 17 shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a terminal provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 18 shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a network-side device provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • first and second are used to distinguish similar objects and not to describe a specific order or sequence. It should be understood that such terms can be used interchangeably where appropriate so that embodiments of this application can be implemented in orders other than those illustrated or described herein, and the objects distinguished by “first” and “second” are generally of the same class, not limited in number; for example, the first object can be one or more.
  • “or” in this application indicates at least one of the connected objects.
  • the scope of protection for "A or B” covers at least three scenarios: Scenario 1: including A but not B; Scenario 2: including B but not A; Scenario 3: including both A and B.
  • the terms “A and/or B,” “at least one of A and B,” and “at least one of A or B” also cover at least the above three scenarios.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the preceding and following objects are in an "or” relationship.
  • instruction in this application can be either a direct instruction (or explicit instruction) or an indirect instruction (or implicit instruction).
  • a direct instruction can be understood as one in which the sender explicitly informs the receiver of specific information, the operation to be performed, or the requested result, etc., in the instruction sent.
  • An indirect instruction can be understood as one in which the receiver determines the corresponding information based on the instruction sent by the sender, or makes a judgment and determines the operation to be performed or the requested result, etc., based on the judgment result.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A Long Term Evolution-Advanced
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • TDMA Time Division Multiple Access
  • FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • SC-FDMA Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access
  • NR New Radio
  • a base station may be referred to as a Node B (NB), Evolved Node B (eNB), Next Generation Node B (gNB), New Radio Node B (NR Node B), Access Point, Relay Base Station (RBS), Serving Base Station (SBS), Base Transceiver Station (BTS), Radio Base Station, Radio Transceiver, Basic Service Set (BSS), Extended Service Set (ESS), Home Node B (HNB), Home Evolved Node B, Transmit/Receive Point (TRP), or any other suitable term in the relevant field, as long as the same technical effect is achieved.
  • the base station is not limited to specific technical terms. It should be noted that in this application embodiment, only a base station in an NR system is used as an example for introduction, and the specific type of base station is not limited.
  • CSI includes one or more of the following: CSI Reference Signal (CSI-RS), CSI-RS Resource Indicator (CRI), PMI, Rank Indicator (RI), Layer Indicator (LI), and Channel Quality Indicator (CQI).
  • CSI-RS CSI Reference Signal
  • CRI CSI-RS Resource Indicator
  • PMI PMI
  • RI Rank Indicator
  • LI Layer Indicator
  • CQI Channel Quality Indicator
  • the PMI determined by the terminal is typically determined by a set of orthogonal basis vectors and weighting coefficients associated with those vectors. Therefore, the terminal needs to indicate at least one determined orthogonal basis vector and its weighting coefficients to the network-side device.
  • the network-side device determines the terminal-determined PMI based on the orthogonal basis vectors and weighting coefficients, and further, performs candidate data transmission based on the PMI.
  • a basis vector consists of two dimensions (in the formula below, the basis vector v ⁇ sub>l,m ⁇ /sub> is composed of the m and l parameters), typically understood as horizontal and vertical dimensions, or N ⁇ sub>2 ⁇ /sub> and N ⁇ sub>1 ⁇ /sub> dimensions.
  • N ⁇ sub>1 ⁇ /sub>/N ⁇ sub>2 ⁇ /sub>/O ⁇ sub>1 ⁇ /sub>/O ⁇ sub>2 ⁇ /sub> are codebook parameters, usually indicated by network signaling; 2 * N ⁇ sub>1 ⁇ /sub> * N ⁇ sub>2 ⁇ /sub> is the number of ports associated with the PMI; and O ⁇ sub>1 ⁇ /sub> and O ⁇ sub>2 ⁇ /sub> are the oversampling factors for the N ⁇ sub>1 ⁇ /sub> and N ⁇ sub>2 ⁇ /sub> dimensions, respectively, which affect the phase between basis vector elements.
  • N1 can be understood as the length of the horizontal dimension Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) vector
  • N2 can be understood as the length of the vertical dimension DFT vector
  • N1*N2 can be understood as the length of the 2D DFT vector.
  • CSI or PMI is associated with multiple orthogonal basis vectors
  • the terminal uses these two indication methods to indicate to the network that CSI or PMI is associated with multiple orthogonal basis vectors.
  • the first indication method is as follows: The terminal is instructed via a combination number to select the basis vector indices of multiple orthogonal basis vectors from a basis vector group.
  • the basis vectors in this group are orthogonal in both N2 and N1 dimensions.
  • the size of the UCI field or payload associated with the combination number is... in This indicates that L basis vectors are selected from N1*N2 basis vectors. Therefore, it can be seen that as the size of the basis vector group increases, that is, as the value of N1*N2 increases to N1*N2*O1*O2, the indication overhead of the combination number association also increases.
  • the offset m1 - m2 may range from ⁇ 0, 1, 2, ..., N2 * O2 - 1 ⁇ ; for and The network is orthogonal in the N2 dimension and non-orthogonal in the N1 dimension.
  • the offset l1 - l2 can take values in the range ⁇ 0, 1, 2, ..., N1*O1-1 ⁇ . Normally, N1 and N2 are not the same, but this is because the network does not know...
  • the PMI is orthogonal in the N1 dimension, the N2 dimension, or both dimensions, it may need to be configured according to the maximum range of values in ⁇ 0,1,2,...,N2*O2-1 ⁇ and ⁇ 0,1,2,...,N1*O1-1 ⁇ . Therefore, more indication overhead may be required.
  • the related technologies can only indicate the selected basis vector from a set of 2-dimensional orthogonal candidate basis vectors (the 2-dimensional orthogonality means that any two basis vectors in the basis vector set are orthogonal in all dimensions or in one dimension and orthogonal in another dimension), and cannot support indicating the selected basis vector from a set of 1-dimensional orthogonal candidate basis vectors (the 1-dimensional orthogonality means that any one basis vector in the basis vector set is orthogonal to a reference basis vector in at least one dimension, but may not be orthogonal in some dimension).
  • the protocol supports carrying a CSI report on an uplink channel resource (PUCCH/PUSCH) to feed back to the network, or carrying multiple CSI reports on an uplink channel resource (Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH)/Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH)) to feed back to the network-side device.
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
  • Type 2 series CSI reports carried on PUSCH they are usually divided into two parts: CSI report part 1 and CSI report part 2. Each part is coded independently, and the size of CSI report part 2 can be determined by CSI report part 1.
  • the terminal may discard part of the CSI report or the entire CSI report, as per the protocol.
  • embodiments of this application provide a base vector indication scheme to reduce the overhead of base vector indication.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic flowchart of a base vector indication method according to an embodiment of this application.
  • This method 200 can be executed by a terminal.
  • the method can be executed by software or hardware installed on the terminal.
  • the method may include the following steps.
  • the terminal obtains N first base vector information to be fed back, wherein each of the N first base vector information is associated with a base vector, and the first base vector information includes at least one of the following: base vector indication, base vector offset indication, and N is an integer greater than 0.
  • the terminal can obtain the basis vector indication or basis vector offset indication associated with the N basis vectors to be fed back based on the measurement result of the reference signal.
  • one basis vector is associated with one first basis vector information.
  • the N basis vectors may be components of a precoding matrix.
  • the basis vector indicator or basis vector offset indicator is used to determine the N basis vectors.
  • the basis vector indicator determines the index or sequence number of the basis vector
  • the basis vector offset indicator determines the offset of the index or sequence number of the basis vector.
  • the index or sequence number of other basis vectors can be determined.
  • the terminal feeds back M indication information and N first base vector information to the network-side device, wherein the indication information is used to determine the load size of the N first base vector information, and M is an integer greater than 0.
  • the terminal after the terminal obtains the first base vector information associated with the N base vectors to be fed back, when feeding back the obtained first base vector information to the network-side device, it can feed back M indication information to the network-side device to determine the load size of the N first base vector information.
  • M indication information to the network-side device to determine the load size of the N first base vector information.
  • the M indication messages and N first base vector messages can be fed back independently.
  • the terminal can first feed back the M indication messages, and then feed back the N first base vector messages.
  • the terminal can feed back the M indication messages through the first part of the CSI report, and feed back the N first base vector messages through the second part of the CSI report.
  • the terminal feeds back M indication information to the network-side device to determine the load size of the N first base vector information, thereby eliminating the need for the terminal to feed back the first base vector information according to the maximum load size of the first base vector information, thus saving the overhead of base vector indication.
  • the M indication information includes: M status information.
  • the load sizes of the first base vector information associated with multiple different state information are not entirely the same.
  • different state information determines that the load sizes of multiple first base vector information are completely different; or, it can also be understood as: at least some of the load sizes of the multiple first base vector information determined by different state information are different.
  • M can be equal to 1, meaning the terminal feeds back one status message.
  • This single status message is used to determine the payload size of the base vector indications or base vector offsets associated with N base vectors, where N can be greater than or equal to 1.
  • the terminal can obtain the bit sequence on the payload size based on the N base vectors or the base vector offsets associated with the N base vectors, and feed back the bit sequence to the network-side device (i.e., feed back N first base vector information).
  • the single state information can be used to indicate a state combination of N basis vectors.
  • N can be determined based on the maximum RI value indicated by network signaling.
  • the network-side device For the network-side device, it first receives one status message from the terminal. This status message is used to determine the payload size (N greater than or equal to 1) of the basis vector indications or basis vector offset indications associated with N basis vectors. Then, the network-side device determines the bit sequence associated with the N basis vectors or basis vector offsets based on the payload size. Based on the bit sequence, it determines the N basis vectors or N basis vector offsets, and further determines all basis vectors associated with PMI or CSI. For example, the N basis vector offsets and one reference basis vector constitute all spatial basis vectors associated with CSI.
  • the payload size of the base vector indication or base vector offset indication associated with N base vectors may be different under different state information. Under some state information, the corresponding payload size may be significantly smaller than the maximum payload size. Therefore, by indicating state information to the network-side device through the terminal, and using the state information to determine the payload size of the N base vector indication or N base vector offset indication, the indication overhead can be reduced. This is because without the indication of state information, the terminal needs to indicate the N base vector indication or N base vector offset indication to the network-side device according to the assumption of the maximum payload size.
  • M can be greater than 1.
  • M can be equal to N, that is, the terminal feeds back N status information, of which 1 status information is used to determine the payload size of a base vector indication or base vector offset indication associated with a base vector.
  • the terminal After determining the payload size of each base vector indication or base vector offset indication, the terminal obtains the bit sequence on the payload size based on the base vector or the base vector offset associated with the base vector, and feeds back the bit sequence (i.e., N first base vector information) to the network-side device.
  • the order in which the terminal feeds back N status information is the same as the order in which the terminal feeds back N base vector indications or base vector offset indications. That is, the first status information corresponds to the first base vector offset indication, the second status information corresponds to the second base vector offset indication, and so on.
  • the first fed-back status information corresponds to the first fed-back base vector offset indication, the second fed-back status information corresponds to the second fed-back base vector offset indication, and so on.
  • N can be determined based on the maximum RI value of the network signaling indication.
  • the network-side device For the network-side device, it first receives N status information messages from the terminal, where one status message is used to determine the payload size of a base vector indication or base vector offset indication associated with a base vector. Then, based on the payload size determined by the status information, the network-side device determines a bit sequence associated with a base vector or base vector offset, and based on the bit sequence, determines a base vector or a base vector offset, further determining all base vectors associated with the PMI or CSI, or the aforementioned N base vectors.
  • the status information exists only when the maximum RI indicated by the network-side device is greater than a specific value.
  • the specific value can be a value agreed upon by the protocol or a value indicated by the network-side device.
  • the protocol stipulates that at least one status information exists when the maximum RI indicated by the network is greater than 4.
  • the first basis vector is one of the following: a predefined basis vector, one of the N basis vectors, or a basis vector indicated by the terminal; the second basis vector is a basis vector orthogonal to the first basis vector; and the third basis vector is a basis vector orthogonal to one of the first and second basis vectors.
  • the basis vector number can also be understood as the basis vector index or basis vector parameter, and the mathematical relationship between the basis vector numbers can be understood as the mathematical relationship between the basis vector index or basis vector parameter.
  • the relationship between the first basis vector and the second basis vector includes the relationship between the first basis vector index associated with the first basis vector and the second basis vector index associated with the second basis vector.
  • the mathematical relationship between the first and second basis vector indices can be understood as follows: the difference or sum of the first and second basis vector indices satisfies a certain mathematical rule.
  • the first or second basis vector indices can be a one-dimensional basis vector index associated with a multi-dimensional basis vector, or the basis vector index of each dimension of a multi-dimensional basis vector.
  • n1 represents the basis vector index of one dimension of the two-dimensional basis vector
  • n2 represents the basis vector index of another dimension of the two-dimensional basis vector
  • n represents the one-dimensional basis vector index.
  • This is equivalent to mapping the two basis vector indices of a two-dimensional basis vector to a one-dimensional basis vector index through a mapping method.
  • the mathematical relationship between the basis vector indices of a two-dimensional basis vector represents the mathematical relationship between the basis vector indices of each dimension.
  • the M status information can be used to indicate the mathematical relationship between the base vector indices of the first terminal indicated or selected base vector and the second terminal indicated or selected base vector, the mathematical relationship between the base vector indices of the first terminal indicated or selected base vector and the third terminal indicated or selected base vector, and the mathematical relationship between the base vector indices of the first terminal indicated or selected base vector and the fourth terminal indicated or selected base vector.
  • the relationship between the first and second base vectors can be that the difference between the second base vector index associated with the second base vector and the first base vector index associated with the first base vector is an integer multiple of a specific value (e.g., O1 or O2). Therefore, the terminal only needs to indicate the specific value of this integer multiple to the network-side device, saving corresponding indication overhead. Without state information, the terminal cannot determine the length of the bit sequence used for indication based on the difference between the base vector indices being an integer multiple of a specific value, because the network-side device does not know whether the difference between the two base vector indices is an integer multiple or a non-integer multiple of the specific value. Determining the length of the bit sequence based only on non-integer multiples incurs significant overhead.
  • a specific value e.g., O1 or O2
  • the relationship between the first and second basis vectors can be: a candidate set of the differences between the second basis vector index associated with the second basis vector and the first basis vector index associated with the first basis vector (the difference can be understood as a direct subtraction or as taking the remainder after subtraction with respect to a specific value).
  • This can be understood as the status information used to indicate or determine the candidate set of the differences between the second basis vector index associated with the second basis vector and the first basis vector index associated with the first basis vector. Therefore, the terminal only needs to indicate one value from the candidate set to the network-side device, avoiding the use of the largest candidate set to determine the length of the bit sequence, thus saving corresponding indication overhead.
  • the status information is used to indicate or determine a candidate set of differences (the differences can be understood as direct subtraction or taking the remainder after subtraction) between the basis vector indices associated with each basis vector dimension of the second basis vector and the basis vector indices associated with the corresponding basis vector dimensions of the first basis vector. Therefore, the terminal only needs to indicate one value from the candidate set to the network.
  • the first basis vector is a 2D basis vector
  • the associated basis vector indices are...
  • the second basis vector is a 2-dimensional basis vector
  • the associated basis vector index is...
  • the status information indicates the difference between the second basis vector and the first basis vector in the first dimension index.
  • the candidate set is ⁇ 1*O 1 ,2*O 1 ,...,(N 1 -1)*O 1 ⁇
  • the state information indicates the difference between the second basis vector and the first basis vector in the second dimension index.
  • the candidate set is ⁇ 1* O1 , 2* O1 , ..., ( N2 - 1)* O1 ⁇ .
  • the terminal only needs to indicate one value for each dimension in the candidate set to the network-side device.
  • the candidate set is ⁇ 1,2,...,(N 1 O 1 -1) ⁇
  • the difference between the indices in the second dimension is...
  • the candidate set is ⁇ 1,2,...,(N 2 O 2 -1) ⁇ , therefore more instruction overhead is required.
  • the relationship between the first basis vector and the second basis vector includes at least one of the following:
  • the first base vector and the second base vector are located in the same target base vector group, and the target base vector group includes one of the following: a base vector group agreed upon by the protocol, or a base vector group indicated by the network-side device;
  • the first basis vector and the second basis vector are located in different target basis vector groups
  • the first basis vector and the second basis vector are orthogonal based on the first dimension
  • the first basis vector and the second basis vector are not orthogonal based on the first dimension
  • the first basis vector and the second basis vector have the same basis vector index in the first dimension
  • the first basis vector and the second basis vector have different basis vector indices in the first dimension
  • the first basis vector and the second basis vector are orthogonal in all dimensions associated with each other based on the basis vectors;
  • the first dimension is one of the multiple dimensions associated with the basis vectors.
  • the state information is used to indicate or determine that the second basis vector index associated with a partial basis vector dimension of the second basis vector is the same as the first basis vector index associated with the corresponding basis vector dimension of the first basis vector, that is, the candidate set of the difference only includes 0 values.
  • the first basis vector is a 2D basis vector, and the associated basis vector index...
  • the second basis vector is a 2-dimensional basis vector, associated with the basis vector index.
  • the status information indicates that the second basis vector and the first basis vector have the same index in the first dimension, and the difference between the indices in the second dimension is...
  • the candidate set is ⁇ 1*O 1 ,2*O 1 ,...,(N 2 -1)*O 1 ⁇ .
  • the relationship between the first and second base vectors is that the second base vector is orthogonal to the first base vector.
  • the status information is used to indicate that the second base vector is orthogonal to the first base vector in the N1 direction, or orthogonal in the N2 direction, or orthogonal in both the N1 and N2 directions.
  • the terminal further determines the payload size of the base vector indication or base vector offset indication associated with the second base vector based on the orthogonality relationship between the second and first base vectors, and further indicates the base vector offset value associated with the second base vector to the network device based on the payload size.
  • two base vectors being orthogonal in the N1 direction means that the difference in base vector indices in the N1 direction is an integer multiple of O1.
  • Two base vectors being orthogonal in the N2 direction means that the difference in base vector indices in the N2 direction is an integer multiple of O2.
  • the status information is used to indicate that the second basis vector is orthogonal to the first basis vector in the N1 direction and the basis vector in the N2 direction has the same index, or is orthogonal to the N2 direction and the basis vector in the N1 direction has the same index, or is orthogonal to the N1 direction and the basis vector in the N2 direction has different index, or is orthogonal to the N2 direction and the basis vector in the N1 direction has different index.
  • M state information used to indicate whether there is a third basis vector associated with the plurality of first basis vector information it can be understood as follows: one state information is used to indicate whether a third basis vector exists, and the third basis vector is one of multiple basis vectors orthogonal to the first and second basis vectors. Alternatively, it can be understood as follows: one state information is used to indicate whether a third basis vector exists, and the third basis vector is one basis vector orthogonal to the first and second basis vectors. It can also be understood as follows: one state information is used not only to indicate the relationship between the first and second basis vectors but also to indicate whether a third basis vector exists.
  • the first part (part 1) of the CSI feedback from the terminal indicates that the state of each basis vector relative to the first basis vector can be one of the following:
  • the N1 direction is orthogonal, or the range of the offset of the basis vector index in the N1 direction is ⁇ 1* O1 , 2* O1 , ..., ( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ and the range of the offset of the basis vector index in the N2 direction is ⁇ 1, 2, ..., ( N2O2-1 ) ⁇ (or ⁇ 1 , 2 , ..., ( N2O2-1 ) ⁇ excluding ⁇ 1* O2 , 2* O2 , ..., ( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ );
  • the N2 direction is orthogonal, or the range of the offset of the basis vector index in the N1 direction is ⁇ 1,2,...,( N1O1-1 ) ⁇ (or ⁇ 1,2 ,...,( N1O1-1 ) ⁇ excluding ⁇ 1 * O1,2 * O1 ,...,( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ ) and the range of the offset of the basis vector index in the N2 direction is ⁇ 1* O2,2 * O2 ,...,( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ ;
  • Both directions N1 and N2 are orthogonal, or the range of the offset of the basis vector index in direction N1 is ⁇ 1 *O1, 2* O1 , ..., ( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ and the range of the offset of the basis vector index in direction N2 is ⁇ 1* O2 , 2* O2 , ..., ( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ .
  • the length of the bit sequence used to indicate status information in CSI part 1 can still be determined according to the number of base vectors determined by the maximum RI value.
  • the number of valid status information is determined based on the RI value in CSI part 1. For example, if the maximum allowed RI value is 8, that is, the maximum number of base vectors that can be fed back for status information is 3 (the second base vector, the third base vector, and the fourth base vector), and the terminal selects an RI of 6, that is, the valid status information fed back by the terminal is the status information of the second and third base vectors.
  • the status information indicated by the bit sequence associated with the fourth base vector can be any status information, or it can be a sequence of all 0s or all 1s.
  • CSI part 1 For CSI reports that relate to four basis vectors (e.g., RI is 8 in CSI part 1), CSI part 1 indicates the state of three basis vectors relative to the first basis vector.
  • the bit sequence length for each basis vector used for state information indication in CSI part 1 is 2 bits.
  • the minimum indication overhead is when all three basis vectors are orthogonal in both the N1 and N2 directions, which could be: 3*(ceil(log2(N1-1))+ceil(log2(N2-1))), where ceil represents taking the value upwards.
  • CSI part2 would need to indicate which of the ((N 1 -1)N 2 O 2 +(N 2 -1)N 1 O 1 )-(N 1 -1)*(N 2 -1) basis vectors orthogonal to the first basis vector is required, which would require ceil(log 2 ((N 1 -1)N 2 O 2 +(N 2 -1)N 1 O 1 )-(N 1 -1)*(N 2 -1))) bits, which is obviously too large.
  • the network device receives the bit sequence of status indication from CSI part 1, determines the status of the three base vectors relative to the first base vector, and further determines the length of the bit sequence associated with the base vector offset indication of each base vector relative to the first base vector (in CSI part 2). Additionally, the network device receives CSI part 2, determines the base vector index associated with the first base vector, determines the value of the base vector offset based on the bit sequence associated with the three base vectors, and then, in conjunction with the base vector index associated with the first base vector, determines the base vector indices of the other base vectors, further determining all base vectors associated with the precoding matrix.
  • the network-side device receives the bit sequence of state information from CSI part 1, determines the state of the three basis vectors relative to the first basis vector, and further determines the length of the bit sequence associated with the basis vector offset indicator of each basis vector relative to the first basis vector (in CSI part 2). Additionally, the network-side device receives CSI part 2, determines the basis vector index associated with the first basis vector, determines the value of the basis vector offset based on the bit sequence associated with the three basis vectors, and then, in conjunction with the basis vector index associated with the first basis vector, determines the basis vector indices of the other basis vectors, further determining all basis vectors associated with the precoding matrix.
  • the CSI part 1 feedback from the terminal indicates one of the following status information for the second basis vector:
  • the range of the offset of the basis vector index in the N1 direction is ⁇ 1* O1 , 2* O1 , ..., ( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ and the range of the offset of the basis vector index in the N2 direction is ⁇ 1, 2 , ..., ( N2O2-1 ) ⁇ (or ⁇ 1, 2 , ..., ( N2O2-1 ) ⁇ excluding ⁇ 1* O2 , 2* O2 , ..., ( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ );
  • the value range of the basis vector index offset in the N1 direction is ⁇ 1,2,...,( N1O1-1 ) ⁇ (or ⁇ 1,2 ,...,( N1O1-1 ) ⁇ excluding ⁇ 1* O1,2 * O1 ,...,( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ ) and the value range of the basis vector index offset in the N2 direction is ⁇ 1* O2,2 * O2 ,...,( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ ;
  • the value range of the basis vector index offset in the N1 direction is ⁇ 1*O 1 ,2*O 1 ,...,(N 1 -1)*O 1 ⁇ and the value range of the basis vector index offset in the N2 direction is ⁇ 1*O 2 ,2*O 2 ,...,(N 2 -1)*O 2 ⁇ .
  • the status information indicating the third basis vector in the CSI part 1 feedback from the terminal will be one of the following:
  • the range of the offset of the basis vector index in the N1 direction is ⁇ 1* O1 , 2* O1 , ..., ( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ and the range of the offset of the basis vector index in the N2 direction is ⁇ 1, 2 , ..., ( N2O2-1 ) ⁇ (or ⁇ 1, 2 , ..., ( N2O2-1 ) ⁇ excluding ⁇ 1* O2 , 2* O2 , ..., ( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ );
  • the value range of the basis vector index offset in the N1 direction is ⁇ 1,2,...,( N1O1-1 ) ⁇ (or ⁇ 1,2 ,...,( N1O1-1 ) ⁇ excluding ⁇ 1* O1,2 * O1 ,...,( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ ) and the value range of the basis vector index offset in the N2 direction is ⁇ 1* O2,2 * O2 ,...,( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ ;
  • the value range of the basis vector index offset in the N1 direction is ⁇ 1* O1 , 2* O1 , ..., ( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ and the value range of the basis vector index offset in the N2 direction is ⁇ 1* O2 , 2* O2 , ..., ( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ .
  • the status information indicating the fourth basis vector in the CSI part 1 feedback from the terminal will be one of the following:
  • the range of the offset of the basis vector index in the N1 direction is ⁇ 1* O1 , 2* O1 , ..., ( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ and the range of the offset of the basis vector index in the N2 direction is ⁇ 1, 2 , ..., ( N2O2-1 ) ⁇ (or ⁇ 1, 2 , ..., ( N2O2-1 ) ⁇ excluding ⁇ 1* O2 , 2* O2 , ..., ( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ );
  • the value range of the basis vector index offset in the N1 direction is ⁇ 1,2,...,( N1O1-1 ) ⁇ (or ⁇ 1,2 ,...,( N1O1-1 ) ⁇ excluding ⁇ 1* O1,2 * O1 ,...,( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ ) and the value range of the basis vector index offset in the N2 direction is ⁇ 1* O2,2 * O2 ,...,( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ ;
  • the value range of the basis vector index offset in the N1 direction is ⁇ 1* O1 , 2* O1 , ..., ( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ and the value range of the basis vector index offset in the N2 direction is ⁇ 1* O2 , 2* O2 , ..., ( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ ;
  • the length of the bit sequence used to indicate status information in CSI part1 is still determined according to the number of base vectors determined by the maximum RI value.
  • the number of valid status information is determined based on the RI value in CSI part1. For example, if the maximum allowed RI value is 8, that is, the maximum number of base vectors that can be fed back for status information is 3 (the second base vector, the third base vector, and the fourth base vector), and the terminal selects an RI of 6, that is, the valid status information fed back by the terminal is the status information of the second and third base vectors.
  • a bit sequence associated with a fourth base vector can also exist in CSI part1.
  • the status information indicated by the bit sequence associated with the fourth base vector can be any status information, or it can be an all-zero sequence or an all-one sequence.
  • CSI part 1 For the CSI report involving four basis vectors, CSI part 1 indicates the state information of three basis vectors relative to the first basis vector.
  • the second basis vector in CSI part 1 uses a 2-bit bit sequence to indicate the state information.
  • the third basis vector in CSI part 1 uses a 2-bit bit sequence to indicate the state information.
  • the fourth basis vector in CSI part 1 uses a 3-bit bit sequence to indicate the state information.
  • the minimum indication overhead is when all three basis vectors are orthogonal in both the N1 and N2 directions, which could be: 3*(ceil(log2(N1-1))+ceil(log2(N2-1))), where ceil represents taking the value upwards.
  • Example 1 Compared to Example 1, because the third basis vector introduces state information relative to the second basis vector, and the fourth basis vector introduces state information relative to both the second and third basis vectors, the probability of a state where both the N1 and N2 directions are orthogonal is higher, making it easier to achieve the minimum indication overhead. Therefore, the probability of saving overhead increases, or it is easier to save overhead.
  • the CSI part 1 feedback from the terminal indicates that the state information of each basis vector relative to the first basis vector is one of the following:
  • the base vector in the N1 direction has the same index, or the offset of the base vector in the N1 direction is in the range of ⁇ 0 ⁇ and the offset of the base vector in the N2 direction is in the range of ⁇ 1* O2 , 2* O2 , ..., ( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ ;
  • the base vector indices in the N2 direction are the same, or the offset of the base vector indices in the N1 direction is in the range of ⁇ 1* O1 , 2* O1 , ..., ( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ ; and the offset of the base vector indices in the N2 direction is in the range of ⁇ 0 ⁇ .
  • the N1 directions are orthogonal and the N1 direction basis vector indices are different, or the N1 direction basis vector indices offset values range from ⁇ 1* O1 , 2* O1 , ..., ( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ and the N2 direction basis vector indices offset values range from ⁇ 0, 1, 2 , ..., ( N2O2-1 ) ⁇ ;
  • the N2 directions are orthogonal and the base vector indices of the N2 directions are different, or the range of the offset of the base vector indices of the N1 direction is ⁇ 0,1,2,...,( N1O1-1 ) ⁇ and the range of the offset of the base vector indices of the N2 direction is ⁇ 1* O2,2 * O2 ,...,( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ .
  • the length of the bit sequence used to indicate status information in CSI part1 is still determined according to the number of base vectors determined by the maximum RI value.
  • the number of valid status information is determined based on the RI value in CSI part1. For example, if the maximum allowed RI value is 8, that is, the maximum number of base vectors that can be fed back for status information is 3 (the second base vector, the third base vector, and the fourth base vector), and the terminal selects an RI of 6, that is, the valid status information fed back by the terminal is the status of the second and third base vectors.
  • the status information indicated by the bit sequence associated with the fourth base vector can be any status information, or it can be a sequence of all 0s or all 1s.
  • CSI part 1 For the CSI report associated with 4 basis vectors, CSI part 1 indicates the state information of 3 basis vectors relative to the first basis vector.
  • the bit sequence length for each basis vector in CSI part 1 to indicate the state information is 2 bits.
  • the minimum indication overhead is when all 3 basis vectors have the same N1 direction basis vector index, which could be: 3*(ceil(log2(N2-1))), where ceil indicates taking the value upwards.
  • CSI part2 would need to indicate which of the ((N 1 -1)N 2 O 2 +(N 2 -1)N 1 O 1 )-(N 1 -1)*(N 2 -1) basis vectors orthogonal to the first basis vector is required, which would require ceil(log 2 ((N 1 -1)N 2 O 2 +(N 2 -1)N 1 O 1 )-(N 1 -1)*(N 2 -1))) bits, which is obviously too large.
  • the CSI part 1 feedback from the terminal indicates one of the following status information for the second basis vector:
  • the N1 direction basis vector has the same index as the first basis vector, or the N1 direction basis vector index offset range is ⁇ 0 ⁇ and the N2 direction basis vector index offset range is ⁇ 1* O2 , 2* O2 , ..., ( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ .
  • the N2 direction basis vector has the same index as the first basis vector, or the N1 direction basis vector index offset ranges from ⁇ 1* O1 , 2* O1 , ..., ( N1-1 )*O1 ⁇ to ⁇ 0 ⁇ ; and the N2 direction basis vector index offset ranges from ⁇ 0 ⁇ .
  • the N1 direction is orthogonal and the N1 direction basis vector index is different, or, relative to the first basis vector, the N1 direction basis vector index offset ranges from ⁇ 1* O1 , 2* O1 , ..., ( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ and the N2 direction basis vector index offset ranges from ⁇ 0, 1, 2 , ..., ( N2O2-1 ) ⁇ ;
  • the N2 direction is orthogonal and the N2 direction basis vector index is different; or, relative to the first basis vector, the value range of the basis vector index offset of the N1 direction is ⁇ 0,1,2 ,...,( N1O1-1 ) ⁇ and the value range of the basis vector index offset of the N2 direction is ⁇ 1* O2,2 * O2 ,...,( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ .
  • the status information indicating the third basis vector in the CSI part 1 feedback from the terminal will be one of the following:
  • the N1 direction basis vector has the same index as the first basis vector, or the N1 direction basis vector index offset range is ⁇ 0 ⁇ and the N2 direction basis vector index offset range is ⁇ 1* O2 , 2* O2 , ..., ( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ .
  • the N2 direction basis vector has the same index as the first basis vector, or the N1 direction basis vector index offset ranges from ⁇ 1* O1 , 2* O1 , ..., ( N1-1 )*O1 ⁇ to ⁇ 0 ⁇ ; and the N2 direction basis vector index offset ranges from ⁇ 0 ⁇ .
  • the N1 direction is orthogonal and the N1 direction basis vector index is different, or, relative to the first basis vector, the N1 direction basis vector index offset ranges from ⁇ 1* O1 , 2* O1 , ..., ( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ and the N2 direction basis vector index offset ranges from ⁇ 0, 1, 2 , ..., ( N2O2-1 ) ⁇ ;
  • the N1 direction basis vector has the same index as the second basis vector, or the N1 direction basis vector index offset range is ⁇ 0 ⁇ and the N2 direction basis vector index offset range is ⁇ 1*O 2 ,2*O 2 ,...,(N 2 -1)*O 2 ⁇ ;
  • the N2 direction basis vector has the same index as the second basis vector, or the N1 direction basis vector index offset ranges from ⁇ 1* O1 , 2* O1 , ..., ( N1-1 )*O1 ⁇ to ⁇ 0 ⁇ ; and the N2 direction basis vector index offset ranges from ⁇ 0 ⁇ .
  • the status information indicating the fourth basis vector in the CSI part 1 feedback from the terminal will be one of the following:
  • the N1 direction basis vector has the same index as the first basis vector, or the N1 direction basis vector index offset range is ⁇ 0 ⁇ and the N2 direction basis vector index offset range is ⁇ 1* O2 , 2* O2 , ..., ( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ .
  • the N2 direction basis vector has the same index as the first basis vector, or the N1 direction basis vector index offset ranges from ⁇ 1* O1 , 2* O1 , ..., ( N1-1 )*O1 ⁇ to ⁇ 0 ⁇ ; and the N2 direction basis vector index offset ranges from ⁇ 0 ⁇ .
  • the N1 direction is orthogonal and the N1 direction basis vector index is different, or, relative to the first basis vector, the N1 direction basis vector index offset ranges from ⁇ 1* O1 , 2* O1 , ..., ( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ and the N2 direction basis vector index offset ranges from ⁇ 0, 1, 2 , ..., ( N2O2-1 ) ⁇ ;
  • the N2 direction is orthogonal and the N2 direction basis vector index is different; or, relative to the first basis vector, the value range of the basis vector index offset of the N1 direction is ⁇ 0,1,2 ,...,( N1O1-1 ) ⁇ and the value range of the basis vector index offset of the N2 direction is ⁇ 1* O2,2 * O2 ,...,( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ .
  • the N1 direction basis vector has the same index as the second basis vector, or the N1 direction basis vector index offset range is ⁇ 0 ⁇ and the N2 direction basis vector index offset range is ⁇ 1*O 2 ,2*O 2 ,...,(N 2 -1)*O 2 ⁇ ;
  • the N2 direction basis vector has the same index as the second basis vector, or the N1 direction basis vector index offset ranges from ⁇ 1* O1 , 2* O1 , ..., ( N1-1 )*O1 ⁇ to ⁇ 0 ⁇ ; and the N2 direction basis vector index offset ranges from ⁇ 0 ⁇ .
  • the N1 direction basis vector has the same index as the third basis vector, or the N1 direction basis vector index offset range is ⁇ 0 ⁇ and the N2 direction basis vector index offset range is ⁇ 1*O 2 ,2*O 2 ,...,(N 2 -1)*O 2 ⁇ ;
  • the N2 direction basis vector has the same index as the third basis vector, or the N1 direction basis vector index offset ranges from ⁇ 1* O1 , 2* O1 , ..., ( N1-1 )*O1 ⁇ to ⁇ 0 ⁇ ; and the N2 direction basis vector index offset ranges from ⁇ 0 ⁇ .
  • the length of the bit sequence used to indicate state information in CSI part1 is still determined according to the number of base vectors determined by the maximum RI value.
  • the number of valid state information is determined based on the RI value in CSI part1. For example, if the maximum allowed RI value is 8, that is, the maximum number of base vectors that can be fed back as state is 3 (the second base vector, the third base vector, and the fourth base vector), and the terminal selects an RI of 6, that is, the valid state information fed back by the terminal is the state information of the second and third base vectors.
  • the state information indicated by the bit sequence associated with the fourth base vector can be any state information, or it can be an all-zero sequence or an all-one sequence.
  • the second basis vector indicates a 2-bit bit sequence for status information
  • the third basis vector indicates a 3-bit bit sequence
  • the fourth basis vector indicates a 3-bit bit sequence.
  • the minimum indication overhead is when all three basis vectors have the same N1-direction basis vector index, which could be: 3*(ceil(log2(N2-1))), where ceil represents rounding up.
  • the probability of having the same N1 or N2-direction basis vector index is higher, making it easier to achieve the minimum indication overhead. Therefore, the probability of saving overhead increases, or it is easier to save overhead.
  • the CSI part 1 returned by the terminal indicates a combination of status information for all base vectors except the first base vector (i.e., the terminal returns one status information indicating the status of all base vectors).
  • All base vectors are either the number of base vectors corresponding to the maximum RI value indicated by the network-side device minus 1, or determined based on the maximum RI value indicated by the network-side device.
  • the maximum RI value is 7 or 8
  • each combination includes ⁇ the status of the second base vector, the status of the third base vector, and the status of the fourth base vector ⁇ .
  • the maximum RI value is 5 or 6, there are 3 base vectors, and each combination includes ⁇ the status of the second base vector and the status of the third base vector ⁇ .
  • the N1 direction is orthogonal to the first basis vector, or, relative to the first basis vector, the range of the basis vector index offset of the N1 direction is ⁇ 1* O1 , 2* O1 , ..., ( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ and the range of the basis vector index offset of the N2 direction is ⁇ 1, 2, ... , ( N2O2-1 ) ⁇ (or ⁇ 1, 2 , ..., ( N2O2-1 ) ⁇ excluding ⁇ 1* O2 , 2* O2 , ..., ( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ );
  • the N2 direction is orthogonal to the first basis vector, or, relative to the first basis vector, the range of the basis vector index offset in the N1 direction is ⁇ 1,2,...,(N 1 O 1 -1) ⁇ (or ⁇ 1,2,...,(N 1 O 1 -1) ⁇ excluding ⁇ 1*O 1 ,2*O 1 ,...,(N 1 -1)*O 1 ⁇ ) and the range of the basis vector index offset in the N2 direction is ⁇ 1*O 2 ,2*O 2 ,...,(N 2 -1)*O 2 ⁇ ;
  • both directions N1 and N2 are orthogonal, or, relative to the first basis vector, the range of the basis vector index offset in direction N1 is ⁇ 1* O1 , 2* O1 , ..., ( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ and the range of the basis vector index offset in direction N2 is ⁇ 1* O2 , 2* O2 , ..., ( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ ;
  • the range of the offset of the basis vector index in the N1 direction is ⁇ 1* O1 , 2* O1 , ..., ( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ and the range of the offset of the basis vector index in the N2 direction is ⁇ 1, 2 , ..., ( N2O2-1 ) ⁇ (or ⁇ 1, 2 , ..., ( N2O2-1 ) ⁇ excluding ⁇ 1* O2 , 2* O2 , ..., ( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ );
  • the value range of the basis vector index offset in the N1 direction is ⁇ 1,2,...,( N1O1-1 ) ⁇ (or ⁇ 1,2 ,...,( N1O1-1 ) ⁇ excluding ⁇ 1* O1,2 * O1 ,...,( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ ) and the value range of the basis vector index offset in the N2 direction is ⁇ 1* O2,2 * O2 ,...,( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ ;
  • the range of the offset of the basis vector index in the N1 direction is ⁇ 1* O1 , 2* O1 , ..., ( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ and the range of the offset of the basis vector index in the N2 direction is ⁇ 1, 2 , ..., ( N2O2-1 ) ⁇ (or ⁇ 1, 2 , ..., ( N2O2-1 ) ⁇ excluding ⁇ 1* O2 , 2* O2 , ..., ( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ );
  • the value range of the basis vector index offset in the N1 direction is ⁇ 1,2,...,( N1O1-1 ) ⁇ (or ⁇ 1,2 ,...,( N1O1-1 ) ⁇ excluding ⁇ 1* O1,2 * O1 ,...,( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ ) and the value range of the basis vector index offset in the N2 direction is ⁇ 1* O2,2 * O2 ,...,( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ ;
  • the value range of the basis vector index offset in the N1 direction is ⁇ 1* O1 , 2* O1 , ..., ( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ and the value range of the basis vector index offset in the N2 direction is ⁇ 1* O2 , 2* O2 , ..., ( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ ;
  • the range of the offset of the basis vector index in the N1 direction is ⁇ 1* O1 , 2* O1 , ..., ( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ and the range of the offset of the basis vector index in the N2 direction is ⁇ 1, 2 , ..., ( N2O2-1 ) ⁇ (or ⁇ 1, 2 , ..., ( N2O2-1 ) ⁇ excluding ⁇ 1* O2 , 2* O2 , ..., ( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ );
  • the value range of the basis vector index offset in the N1 direction is ⁇ 1,2,...,( N1O1-1 ) ⁇ (or ⁇ 1,2 ,...,( N1O1-1 ) ⁇ excluding ⁇ 1* O1,2 * O1 ,...,( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ ) and the value range of the basis vector index offset in the N2 direction is ⁇ 1* O2,2 * O2 ,...,( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ ;
  • the value range of the basis vector index offset in the N1 direction is ⁇ 1* O1 , 2* O1 , ..., ( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ and the value range of the basis vector index offset in the N2 direction is ⁇ 1* O2 , 2* O2 , ..., ( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ ;
  • the value range of the basis vector index offset in the N1 direction is ⁇ 1* O1 , 2* O1 , ..., ( N1-1 )* O1 ⁇ and the value range of the basis vector index offset in the N2 direction is ⁇ 1* O2 , 2* O2 , ..., ( N2-1 )* O2 ⁇ ;
  • CSI part 1 provides feedback or indications of a combination of the states of each basis vector, optionally with the possibility of adding a state that the current basis vector does not exist for a given basis vector, whereas Examples 3 and 4 indicate each basis vector independently.
  • the state "the current basis vector does not exist" may not exist.
  • the absence of the second basis vector can be categorized into two states: one where the second basis vector does not exist, and the absence of the third basis vector can be categorized into two states: one where the third basis vector does not exist. That is, in each combination of states, neither the absence of the second basis vector nor the absence of the third basis vector is possible.
  • a combination is not included to represent that all basis vectors do not exist.
  • the M indications include: M base vector offset group indications, where M equals N.
  • the terminal feeds back N (N greater than or equal to 1) base vector offset group indications, which are used to determine the payload size of the base vector indications or base vector offset indications associated with the N base vectors.
  • the terminal can avoid the need to determine the base vector indication overhead according to the largest base vector offset group, and further reduce the base vector offset indication overhead.
  • each of the base vector offset groups indicates an associated load size as one of the following:
  • N1 is the vector length of the horizontal dimension of the associated basis vector indicated by the basis vector offset group
  • N2 is the vector length of the vertical dimension of the associated basis vector indicated by the basis vector offset group.
  • the load size of the basis vector indicator or basis vector offset indicator associated with any one of the N basis vectors is one of the following:
  • O1 is the oversampling factor of the horizontal dimension of the associated basis vectors indicated by the basis vector offset group
  • O2 is the oversampling factor of the vertical dimension of the associated basis vectors indicated by the basis vector offset group.
  • the base vector offset is associated with a reference base vector.
  • the N (N greater than or equal to 1) base vector offset group indications may be located in CSI part 1, and the N base vector indications or base vector offset indications may be located in CSI part 2.
  • the terminal can avoid the need to determine the base vector indication overhead according to the largest base vector offset group, and further reduce the base vector offset indication overhead.
  • the method may further include: the terminal determining N basis vectors associated with at least one of the channel state information report and the precoding matrix indication, wherein the N basis vectors satisfy one of the following:
  • At least one dimension is orthogonal
  • the second dimension is one of the multiple dimensions associated with the basis vectors.
  • the second dimension can be understood as: the dimension associated with the N1 direction or the N2 direction, or the second dimension is a horizontal dimension or a vertical dimension, or the second dimension is the dimension associated with the parameter l or the parameter m in the basis vector v l,m .
  • all dimensions refer to all dimensions among the multiple dimensions associated with the basis vector.
  • the at least one dimension is orthogonal, which can be understood as at least one dimension among multiple dimensions being orthogonal.
  • the second dimension is orthogonal or one dimension is orthogonal can be understood as follows: if two basis vectors are orthogonal in the first dimension, it means that in that dimension, the basis vector indices belong to the same orthogonal basis vector index group, or in that dimension, the difference between the basis vector indices is an integer multiple of O1 or O2, where O1 and O2 represent the oversampling factors in the N1 and N2 directions, respectively.
  • the range of values for m1 - m2 may be ⁇ 1*O2,2*O2,...,(N2-1)*O2 ⁇ . If they are orthogonal in N1 dimension and N2 dimension, then the range of values for l1 - l2 may be ⁇ 1*O1, 2*O1, ..., (N1-1)*O1 ⁇ and the range of values for m1 - m2 may be ⁇ 1*O2, 2*O2, ..., (N2-1)*O2 ⁇ .
  • m1 ⁇ ⁇ 0,1,2,...,N2*O2-1 ⁇ m2 ⁇ ⁇ 0,1,2,...,N2*O2-1 ⁇ , l1 ⁇ ⁇ 0,1,2,...,N1*O1-1 ⁇ , l2 ⁇ ⁇ 0,1,2,...,N1*O1-1 ⁇ .
  • the range of values for l1 - l2 may be ⁇ 1*O1,2*O1,...,(N1-1)*O1 ⁇
  • the range of values for m1 - m2 may be ⁇ 0,1,2,...,N2*O2-1 ⁇ .
  • the range of values for m1 - m2 may be ⁇ 0,1,2,...,N2*O2-1 ⁇ but does not include ⁇ 1*O2,2*O2,...,(N2-1)*O2 ⁇ .
  • range of values for l1 - l2 may be ⁇ 0,1,2,...,N1*O1-1 ⁇ or ⁇ 0,1,2,...,N1*O1-1 ⁇ but does not include ⁇ 1*O1,2*O1,...,(N1-1)*O1 ⁇ .
  • the terminal can ensure that the selected basis vector is orthogonal when selecting a basis vector from multiple orthogonal groups.
  • the at least two basis vectors are associated with at least two basis vector groups, wherein at least two basis vectors in each basis vector group satisfy one of the following conditions:
  • At least one dimension is orthogonal.
  • the terminal can determine that the at least two base vectors are associated with at least two base vector groups based on protocol agreements or network signaling instructions.
  • this application also provides another base vector indication method, which is executed by a network-side device.
  • Figure 3 illustrates another flowchart of the base vector indication method provided in this application embodiment, which can be executed by a network-side device.
  • the method can be executed by software or hardware installed on the network-side device.
  • the method mainly includes the following steps.
  • the network-side device receives M indication information and N first base vector information fed back by the terminal.
  • Each of the N first base vector information is associated with N base vectors.
  • the first base vector information includes at least one of the following: base vector indication and base vector offset indication.
  • the indication information is used to determine the load size of the N first base vector information.
  • M is an integer greater than 0, and N is an integer greater than 0;
  • the network-side device determines the load size of the N first base vector information based on the M indication information.
  • the network-side device parses the N first basis vector information associated with the N basis vectors based on the determined load size.
  • the terminal can independently feed back the M indication messages and N first base vector messages.
  • the terminal can first feed back the M indication messages and then feed back the N first base vector messages.
  • the terminal can feed back the M indication messages in CSI part 1 and the N first base vector messages in CSI part 2.
  • the network-side device determines the N base vectors or the bit sequence associated with the base vector offset based on the determined payload size of the base vector indication or base vector offset indication, and determines the N base vectors or the N base vector offsets based on the bit sequence, thus determining all base vectors associated with PMI or CSI. Since the M indication messages indicate the payload size of the N first base vector messages, the terminal does not need to indicate the base vector indication or base vector offset indication to the network-side device according to the maximum payload size assumption, thereby saving the overhead of base vector indication.
  • the M indication information includes: M status information, the M status information being used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the first basis vector is one of the following: a predefined basis vector, one of the N basis vectors, or a basis vector indicated by the terminal; the second basis vector is a basis vector orthogonal to the first basis vector; and the third basis vector is a basis vector orthogonal to one of the first and second basis vectors.
  • the relationship between the first basis vector and the second basis vector may include the relationship between the first basis vector index associated with the first basis vector and the second basis vector index associated with the second basis vector.
  • the relationship between the first basis vector and the second basis vector may include at least one of the following:
  • the first base vector and the second base vector are located in the same target base vector group, and the target base vector group includes one of the following: a base vector group agreed upon by the protocol, or a base vector group indicated by the network-side device;
  • the first basis vector and the second basis vector are located in different target basis vector groups
  • the first basis vector and the second basis vector are orthogonal based on the first dimension
  • the first basis vector and the second basis vector are not orthogonal based on the first dimension
  • the first basis vector and the second basis vector have the same basis vector index in the first dimension
  • the first basis vector and the second basis vector have different basis vector indices in the first dimension
  • the first basis vector and the second basis vector are orthogonal in all dimensions associated with each other based on the basis vectors;
  • the first dimension is one of the multiple dimensions associated with the basis vector.
  • the payload sizes of the first base vector information associated with multiple different state information are not exactly the same; for example, they are at least partially different or completely different.
  • the M indication information may include: M base vector offset group indications, where M equals N; each base vector offset group indication is associated with one of the following load sizes:
  • N1 is the vector length of the horizontal dimension of the associated basis vector indicated by the basis vector offset group
  • N2 is the vector length of the vertical dimension of the associated basis vector indicated by the basis vector offset group.
  • the payload size of the first basis vector information associated with any one of the N basis vectors can be one of the following:
  • O1 is the oversampling factor of the horizontal dimension of the associated basis vectors indicated by the basis vector offset group
  • O2 is the oversampling factor of the vertical dimension of the associated basis vectors indicated by the basis vector offset group.
  • the terminal feeds back M indication information and N first base vector information to the network-side device.
  • the load size of the N first base vector information can be determined through the indication information, so that the terminal can determine the load size of the base vector indication or base vector offset indication according to actual needs, without having to indicate the base vector according to the largest base vector indication or base vector offset indication, thereby saving the overhead of base vector indication.
  • FIG 4 shows a flowchart of a base vector indication method provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • This method 400 can be executed by a terminal.
  • the method can be executed by software or hardware installed on the terminal.
  • the method mainly includes the following steps.
  • the terminal determines at least one second basis vector information associated with at least one basis vector based on at least one reference basis vector, wherein the second basis vector information includes one of the following: basis vector offset, basis vector index.
  • a base vector is associated with a second base vector information.
  • the terminal may determine at least one reference base vector that it indicates to the network side device based on a protocol agreement or an instruction from the network side device, and then determine at least one base vector offset or at least one base vector index based on the at least one reference base vector.
  • a basis vector other than the reference basis vector can be determined by a reference basis vector and a basis vector offset, wherein the basis vector offset can be associated with basis vector index offsets of multiple dimensions or only with basis vector index offsets of one dimension.
  • a basis vector other than the reference basis vector can be determined by a reference basis vector and a basis vector index, wherein the basis vector index can be associated with basis vector indices of multiple dimensions or only with a basis vector index of one dimension.
  • the terminal determines the target mapping rule for each of the second base vector information based on the value of the target parameter associated with each of the second base vector information, wherein the target mapping rules corresponding to multiple different values of the target parameter are not completely the same.
  • the target mapping rules corresponding to multiple target parameters with different values are not entirely the same. This can mean that at least some of the target mapping rules corresponding to the multiple target parameters with different values are different, or that the target mapping rules corresponding to the multiple target parameters with different values are completely different pairwise. It can also be understood that the protocol agrees on multiple target mapping rules, and the target parameters associated with different target mapping rules have different values or different value ranges.
  • the target parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • N1 can be a positive integer indicating network signaling, used to determine the length of the basis vectors associated with the codebook and the phase of the elements of the basis vectors.
  • N1 can be understood as the number of ports in the horizontal direction, or the length of the basis vectors in the horizontal direction.
  • n1 can be understood as the basis vector index in an orthogonal basis vector group in the N1 direction or the basis vector index in an orthogonal basis vector group in the horizontal direction;
  • N2 is a positive integer indicating the network signaling, used to determine the length of the basis vectors associated with the codebook and the phase of the elements of the basis vectors.
  • N2 can be understood as the number of ports in the vertical direction, or the length of the basis vectors in the vertical direction.
  • n2 can also be understood as the index of a basis vector in an orthogonal basis vector group in the N2 direction, or the index of a basis vector in an orthogonal basis vector group in the vertical direction.
  • O1 can be a positive integer indicated by network signaling or agreed by the protocol, used to determine the phase of the elements of the basis vectors associated with the codebook.
  • O1 can be understood as the oversampling factor in the N1 direction or the oversampling factor in the horizontal direction.
  • o1 represents the index of the orthogonal basis vector group in the N1 direction or the index of the orthogonal basis vector group in the horizontal direction.
  • O2 can be a positive integer indicated by network signaling or agreed by the protocol, used to determine the phase of the elements of the basis vectors associated with the codebook.
  • O2 can be understood as the oversampling factor in the N2 direction or the oversampling factor in the vertical direction.
  • o2 represents the index of the orthogonal basis vector group in the N2 direction or the index of the orthogonal basis vector group in the vertical direction.
  • l ⁇ 0,1,...,O1*N1-1 ⁇ , l can be understood as the basis vector index in the N1 direction or the basis vector index in the horizontal direction;
  • m ⁇ 0,1,...,O2*N2-1 ⁇ , m can be understood as the basis vector index in the N2 direction or the basis vector index in the vertical direction.
  • the terminal maps the second base vector information to a positive integer in the set of positive integers based on the target mapping rule for each second base vector information.
  • the positive integers in the set of positive integers can be consecutive positive integers.
  • the terminal indicates to the network-side device the positive integer mapped to each of the second base vector information.
  • the terminal may indicate a reference base vector to the network-side device.
  • the terminal may determine at least one base vector offset or base vector index based on a reference base vector. Further, the terminal may indicate at least one base vector offset or base vector index to the network-side device; optionally, the terminal may indicate the at least one base vector offset or base vector index through the above-described S412 to S416.
  • the terminal may indicate multiple reference base vectors to the network-side device.
  • the terminal may determine at least one base vector offset or base vector index associated with at least one base vector based on the multiple reference base vectors.
  • the terminal may indicate at least one base vector offset or base vector index to the network-side device via the above-described steps S412 to S416.
  • the at least one base vector offset or base vector index associated with the multiple reference base vectors can be understood as each reference base vector being associated with at least a portion of the offsets or base vectors in the at least one base vector offset or base vector index.
  • the at least one base vector offset or base vector index may only be associated with a portion of the multiple reference base vectors, which can be understood as some reference base vectors not being associated with any base vector offset or base vector index.
  • the terminal determines at least one reference base vector based on protocol agreement or network-side device instruction, and determines at least one second base vector information based on the at least one reference base vector.
  • the terminal may indicate the at least one reference base vector to the network-side device.
  • the protocol may stipulate that when RI is a specific value, the terminal indicates multiple reference base vectors to the network-side device.
  • a reference basis vector and a basis vector offset or basis vector index are used to determine a basis vector other than the reference basis vector.
  • the terminal indicating at least one base vector offset or base vector index to the network-side device may include:
  • Step 2 The terminal determines a bit sequence based on each base vector offset or the target mapping rule associated with the base vectors;
  • Step 3 The terminal feeds back the bit sequence to the network-side device through the uplink channel.
  • the target mapping rule can be a one-to-one mapping method, which maps a base vector offset or base vector index of an associated target parameter to a positive integer in the set of positive integers, and different base vector offsets or base vector indices are mapped to different positive integers in the set of positive integers.
  • a basis vector offset or basis vector index associated with a specific target parameter may be mapped to two or more positive integers in the set of positive integers.
  • the basis vector offset or basis vector index may be mapped to two positive integers in the set of positive integers.
  • the target mapping rules determined by different basis vector offsets or basis vector indices may be different. This can be understood as follows: since the target parameter values associated with different basis vector offsets or basis vector indices may be different, the determined target mapping rules may also be different.
  • the technical solution provided in this application by setting multiple mapping rules, can map a basis vector offset or basis vector index with discontinuous value ranges to a set of positive integers within a value range, or map a two-dimensional basis vector offset or basis vector index with discontinuous value ranges to a one-dimensional set of positive integers within a value range, thus avoiding the following situations:
  • a base vector offset or base vector index with discontinuous value ranges is mapped to a set of positive integers within a certain value range according to a mapping rule, it is possible that many integers in the middle of the string of consecutive integers are not associated with any base vector offset or base vector index, which further leads to a large overhead for the terminal to indicate the base vector offset to the network-side device.
  • mapping rule can be:
  • mapping rule can be:
  • mapping rule can be:
  • the number of the at least one basis vector may be greater than or equal to 2.
  • the method may further include: the terminal determining a plurality of basis vectors associated with at least one of the channel state information report and the precoding matrix indication, wherein the plurality of basis vectors satisfy one of the following:
  • At least one dimension is orthogonal
  • the third dimension is one of the multiple dimensions associated with the basis vectors.
  • the third dimension can be understood as: the dimension associated with the N1 direction or the N2 direction, or the third dimension is a horizontal dimension or a vertical dimension, or the third dimension is the dimension associated with the parameter l or the parameter m in the basis vector v l,m .
  • all dimensions refer to all dimensions among the multiple dimensions associated with the basis vector.
  • the at least one dimension is orthogonal, which can be understood as at least one dimension among multiple dimensions being orthogonal.
  • the third dimension is orthogonal or that one dimension is orthogonal can be understood as follows: if two basis vectors are orthogonal in the third dimension, it means that in that dimension, the basis vector indices belong to the same orthogonal basis vector index group, or in that dimension, the difference between the basis vector indices is an integer multiple of O1 or O2, where O1 and O2 represent the oversampling factors in the N1 and N2 directions, respectively.
  • the range of values for m1 - m2 may be ⁇ 1*O2,2*O2,...,(N2-1)*O2 ⁇ . If they are orthogonal in N1 dimension and N2 dimension, then the range of values for l1 - l2 may be ⁇ 1*O1, 2*O1, ..., (N1-1)*O1 ⁇ and the range of values for m1 - m2 may be ⁇ 1*O2, 2*O2, ..., (N2-1)*O2 ⁇ .
  • m1 ⁇ ⁇ 0,1,2,...,N2*O2-1 ⁇ m2 ⁇ ⁇ 0,1,2,...,N2*O2-1 ⁇ , l1 ⁇ ⁇ 0,1,2,...,N1*O1-1 ⁇ , l2 ⁇ ⁇ 0,1,2,...,N1*O1-1 ⁇ .
  • the range of values for l1 - l2 may be ⁇ 1*O1,2*O1,...,(N1-1)*O1 ⁇
  • the range of values for m1 - m2 may be ⁇ 0,1,2,...,N2*O2-1 ⁇ .
  • the range of values for m1 - m2 may be ⁇ 0,1,2,...,N2*O2-1 ⁇ but does not include ⁇ 1*O2,2*O2,...,(N2-1)*O2 ⁇ .
  • range of values for l1 - l2 may be ⁇ 0,1,2,...,N1*O1-1 ⁇ or ⁇ 0,1,2,...,N1*O1-1 ⁇ but does not include ⁇ 1*O1,2*O1,...,(N1-1)*O1 ⁇ .
  • the terminal can ensure that the selected basis vector is orthogonal when selecting a basis vector from multiple orthogonal groups.
  • the at least two basis vectors are associated with at least two basis vector groups, wherein at least two basis vectors in each basis vector group satisfy one of the following conditions:
  • At least one dimension is orthogonal.
  • the terminal can determine that the at least two base vectors are associated with at least two base vector groups based on protocol agreements or network signaling instructions.
  • this application also provides another base vector indication method, which is executed by a network-side device.
  • FIG. 5 shows a flowchart of a base vector indication method provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • This method 500 can be executed by a network-side device.
  • the method can be executed by software or hardware installed on the network-side device.
  • the method mainly includes the following steps.
  • the network-side device receives a positive integer mapped to each second base vector information indicated by the terminal, wherein the second base vector information includes one of the following: base vector offset, base vector index;
  • each second basis vector information is associated with a basis vector.
  • the network-side device determines the target mapping rule for each of the second base vector information based on the positive integer indicated by the terminal, wherein the target mapping rules corresponding to multiple different positive integers are not completely the same.
  • the network-side device can determine the positive integer or range of positive integers associated with each target mapping rule, and further determine the corresponding target mapping rule based on the positive integer mapped by each second base vector information.
  • the network-side device obtains the second base vector information mapped by each positive integer based on the target mapping rule associated with each second base vector information and the associated positive integer.
  • the method may further include:
  • Step 1 The network-side device receives at least one reference base vector indicated by the terminal;
  • Step 2 The network-side device obtains the basis vector associated with each second basis vector information based on the at least one reference basis vector and the second basis vector information of each positive integer mapping.
  • the target parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • n1 ⁇ 0,1,...,N1-1 ⁇ where N1 is the length of the basis vector in the horizontal direction, and n1 is the index of the basis vector in an orthogonal basis vector group in the horizontal direction;
  • N2 is the length of the basis vector in the vertical direction
  • n2 is the index of the basis vector in an orthogonal basis vector group in the vertical direction
  • the technical solution provided by the embodiments of this application can map a base vector offset or base vector index with discontinuous value range to a set of positive integers with a value range, or map a two-dimensional base vector offset or base vector index with discontinuous value range to a one-dimensional set of positive integers with a value range. This can avoid the problem of large base vector indication overhead caused by many integers in the middle of a series of consecutive integers not being associated with any base vector offset or base vector index.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic flowchart of a base vector indication method provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • This method 600 can be executed by a terminal.
  • the method can be executed by software or hardware installed on the terminal.
  • the method mainly includes the following steps.
  • the terminal determines N basis vectors to be fed back, where N is an integer greater than 1.
  • the terminal can determine the N basis vectors to be fed back based on the measurement of the reference signal.
  • the terminal feeds back N base vector group indications and one base vector indication to the network-side device, wherein each of the N base vector group indications is used to indicate the base vector group to which a base vector belongs, and the base vector indication is used to indicate the local index of each base vector in the N base vectors within the base vector group, and the base vectors in each base vector group are mutually orthogonal.
  • the N basis vector groups and the local indices of the N basis vectors can determine the global index of the N basis vectors.
  • the local index of a basis vector refers to its index within its associated basis vector group.
  • the global index of a basis vector refers to its index across all basis vector groups.
  • the N base vector group indications and one base vector indication can be fed back independently.
  • the terminal can first feed back the N base vector group indications and then feed back the one base vector indication.
  • the terminal feeds back the N base vector group indications in CSI part 1 and feeds back the one base vector indication in CSI part 2.
  • the terminal first feeds back the N base vector group indications in CSI part 2 and then feeds back the one base vector indication.
  • the terminal feeds back N basis vector group indications in the following order: either according to the local index of the basis vector associated with each basis vector group in the basis vector group from smallest to largest, or according to the local index of the basis vector associated with each basis vector group in the basis vector group from largest to smallest. For example, if the local index of basis vector group 1 associated with basis vector 1 is 0, the local index of basis vector group 2 associated with basis vector 2 is 2, and the local index of basis vector group 3 associated with basis vector 3 is 1, then the indication order of the basis vector groups is basis vector group 1, basis vector group 3, and basis vector group 2.
  • the terminal instructs the network-side device to determine the N base vectors by indicating N base vector groups and one base vector indication. Since a base vector indication is jointly encoded by the local indices of the N base vectors, the indication overhead of the local indices of the N base vectors can be reduced compared to indicating the N base vectors independently to the network-side device.
  • related technologies can only indicate the selected basis vector from a set of 2D orthogonal candidate basis vectors (the 2D orthogonality means that any two basis vectors in the basis vector set are orthogonal in all dimensions or in one dimension and orthogonal in another dimension), and cannot support indicating the selected basis vector from a set of 1D orthogonal candidate basis vectors (the 1D orthogonality means that any one basis vector in the basis vector set is orthogonal to a reference basis vector in at least one dimension, but may not be orthogonal in some dimension).
  • the terminal indicates a set of N basis vectors to the network-side device. Therefore, the terminal can select multiple basis vectors from a set of basis vectors, which improves the flexibility of basis vector indication.
  • the basis vector indicator is associated with a combination number that indicates the local index of each of the N basis vectors in the basis vector group.
  • N is greater than or equal to 1
  • the value of N is determined based on the value of RI indicated by the terminal to the network-side device, or the value of N indicated by the terminal to the network-side device explicitly or implicitly in CSI part 1.
  • the terminal may select N basis vector groups from a plurality of orthogonal basis vector groups, and determine a basis vector to be fed back from each of the N basis vector groups.
  • the terminal may also indicate the selected N base vector groups to the network-side device.
  • the terminal feeds back N basis vector groups to the network, each basis vector group including N1*N2 mutually orthogonal basis vectors.
  • the N basis vector groups are selected from the O1*O2 basis vector groups. It is possible that at least some of the N basis vector groups are the same, that each basis vector group is distinct, or that all basis vector groups are the same.
  • Basis vectors with the same filling pattern belong to the same basis vector group, while different filling patterns belong to different basis vector groups.
  • the terminal feeds back N base vector groups to the network-side device, each base vector group including N1*N2 mutually orthogonal base vectors.
  • the N base vector groups are selected from the O1*O2 base vector groups.
  • the terminal feeds back N base vector group indications to the network-side device, and each base vector group indication is used to indicate one of the 16 base vector groups.
  • Multiple base vector group indications may indicate the same base vector group among the N base vector group indications; this can be understood as each base vector group indication indicating independently.
  • the terminal may determine N orthogonal basis vectors, wherein each basis vector is associated with one of a plurality of orthogonal basis vector groups.
  • the terminal may also feed back the N basis vectors associated with N basis vector groups to the network-side device.
  • One of the N basis vectors is selected from one basis vector group of O1*O2 basis vector groups, and a basis vector is selected from that basis vector group.
  • the remaining N-1 basis vector groups are selected from N-1 basis vector groups of O1+O2-1 basis vector groups, and each basis vector is associated with one of the N-1 basis vector groups. It is possible that at least some of the N basis vector groups are the same, that each basis vector group is a different basis vector group, or that all the basis vector groups are the same.
  • the positions of the N-1 basis vectors can only be selected from the positions with filling patterns in Figure 8.
  • Figure 8 shows a total of O1 + O2 - 1 basis vector groups with filled patterns. Therefore, one of the N basis vectors is selected from one basis vector group (group 1) of the O1*O2 basis vector groups, and a basis vector (basis vector 1) is selected from this basis vector group.
  • the remaining N-1 basis vectors are selected from the O1 + O2 - 1 basis vector groups associated with group 1 (excluding basis vector 1). This can be understood as follows: the indication overhead of the basis vector groups in this method is less than that of the first indication method (selecting N basis vector groups from the O1*O2 basis vector groups).
  • the basis vector indication can be associated with a combination number, which is used to indicate the local indices of N basis vectors. This can be understood as the combination number associated with the basis vector indication being determined by the local indices of the N basis vectors, where each local index of a basis vector is associated with a group of basis vectors. Alternatively, it can be understood that each group of basis vectors is associated with a local index of a basis vector.
  • the terminal determines N basis vector groups and one basis vector in each basis vector group. Some of the N basis vector groups may be identical. Each basis vector group includes N1*N2 orthogonal basis vectors. For each basis vector associated with a basis vector group, its associated local index is a value in the set ⁇ 0, 1, ..., N1*N2-1 ⁇ . The values of the local indices associated with all basis vectors are different. The terminal arranges the local indices associated with all basis vectors and then determines a combination number according to the mapping rules or function rules agreed upon in the protocol.
  • the network-side device After receiving this combination number, the network-side device performs demapping to determine N local indices, and further combines this with the indications of the N basis vector groups to determine the global index of the N basis vectors.
  • the local index of a basis vector refers to the index of a basis vector in its associated basis vector group.
  • the global index of a basis vector refers to the index of a basis vector in all basis vector groups.
  • the independent indication of each base vector is avoided.
  • the property of the combination number can be used to reduce the overhead of base vector offset indication.
  • the order in which the terminal indicates the N first base vector groups to the network-side device corresponds to the order of the base vectors after sorting by local index. For example, if the terminal determines base vector 1 (associated with base vector group 1), base vector 2 (associated with base vector group 2), and base vector 3 (associated with base vector group 3), the order of the base vectors after sorting by local index from smallest to largest is: base vector 2, base vector 1, base vector 3. Then, the order in which the terminal indicates the three base vector groups to the network-side device is: base vector group 2, base vector group 1, base vector group 3.
  • UCI Uplink Control Information
  • each basis vector group independently indicates the Ni orthogonal basis vectors; optionally, the value of Ni differs for different basis vector groups. For example, if a PMI is associated with multiple transport layers, and each transport layer is associated with N orthogonal basis vectors, then for each transport layer, the terminal indicates N basis vector groups and a combination number.
  • the above-described implementation methods provided in this application are also applicable to the case where the terminal determines N basis vector offsets to be fed back.
  • the terminal feeds back N basis vector group indications and one basis vector indication to the network-side device.
  • the N basis vector group indications can directly determine the basis vector group associated with the N basis vector offsets, or they can determine the offsets of the basis vector group associated with the N basis vector offsets, and further determine the N basis vector groups associated with the N basis vectors based on a reference basis vector group.
  • the basis vector indication is used to indicate the local index of each basis vector offset in the basis vector group.
  • the N basis vector groups and the local indices of the N basis vector offsets can determine the global index of the N basis vector offsets.
  • the global index of the basis vector offset and the reference basis vector can determine a basis vector orthogonal to the reference basis vector.
  • the method may further include: the terminal determining a plurality of basis vectors associated with at least one of the channel state information report and the precoding matrix indication, wherein the plurality of basis vectors satisfy one of the following:
  • At least one dimension is orthogonal
  • the fourth dimension is one of the multiple dimensions associated with the basis vectors.
  • the fourth dimension can be understood as: the dimension associated with the N1 direction or the N2 direction, or the fourth dimension is a horizontal dimension or a vertical dimension, or the fourth dimension is the dimension associated with the parameter l or the parameter m in the basis vector v l,m .
  • all dimensions refer to all dimensions among the multiple dimensions associated with the basis vector.
  • the at least one dimension is orthogonal, which can be understood as at least one dimension among multiple dimensions being orthogonal.
  • the fourth dimension is orthogonal or that one dimension is orthogonal can be understood as follows: if two basis vectors are orthogonal in the fourth dimension, it means that in that dimension, the basis vector indices belong to the same orthogonal basis vector index group, or in that dimension, the difference between the basis vector indices is an integer multiple of O1 or O2, where O1 and O2 represent the oversampling factors in the N1 and N2 directions, respectively.
  • the range of values for m1 - m2 may be ⁇ 1*O2,2*O2,...,(N2-1)*O2 ⁇ . If they are orthogonal in N1 dimension and N2 dimension, then the range of values for l1 - l2 may be ⁇ 1*O1, 2*O1, ..., (N1-1)*O1 ⁇ and the range of values for m1 - m2 may be ⁇ 1*O2, 2*O2, ..., (N2-1)*O2 ⁇ .
  • m1 ⁇ ⁇ 0,1,2,...,N2*O2-1 ⁇ m2 ⁇ ⁇ 0,1,2,...,N2*O2-1 ⁇ , l1 ⁇ ⁇ 0,1,2,...,N1*O1-1 ⁇ , l2 ⁇ ⁇ 0,1,2,...,N1*O1-1 ⁇ .
  • the range of values for l1 - l2 may be ⁇ 1*O1,2*O1,...,(N1-1)*O1 ⁇
  • the range of values for m1 - m2 may be ⁇ 0,1,2,...,N2*O2-1 ⁇ .
  • the range of values for m1 - m2 may be ⁇ 0,1,2,...,N2*O2-1 ⁇ but does not include ⁇ 1*O2,2*O2,...,(N2-1)*O2 ⁇ .
  • range of values for l1 - l2 may be ⁇ 0,1,2,...,N1*O1-1 ⁇ or ⁇ 0,1,2,...,N1*O1-1 ⁇ but does not include ⁇ 1*O1,2*O1,...,(N1-1)*O1 ⁇ .
  • the terminal can ensure that the selected basis vector is orthogonal when selecting a basis vector from multiple orthogonal groups.
  • the at least two basis vectors are associated with at least two basis vector groups, wherein at least two basis vectors in each basis vector group satisfy one of the following conditions:
  • At least one dimension is orthogonal.
  • the terminal can determine that the at least two base vectors are associated with at least two base vector groups based on protocol agreements or network signaling instructions.
  • a PMI is associated with N orthogonal basis vectors, which are selected by the terminal from N1*N2*O1*O2 basis vectors.
  • the N1*N2*O1*O2 basis vectors are composed of O1*O2 sets of orthogonal basis vectors, and each set of orthogonal basis vectors includes N1*N2 mutually orthogonal basis vectors.
  • n ⁇ sub>i ⁇ /sub> m ⁇ sub>i ⁇ /sub> * O ⁇ sub>1 ⁇ /sub> * N ⁇ sub>1 ⁇ /sub> + l ⁇ sub>i ⁇ /sub>; or,
  • n i l i *O2*N2+m i .
  • each basis vector comes from a basis vector group consisting of N1*N2 mutually orthogonal basis vectors. That is, the terminal independently selects N basis vector groups from O1*O2 orthogonal basis vector groups (where some basis vector groups may be identical). In each basis vector group, the terminal determines one basis vector. Alternatively, the terminal determines N orthogonal basis vectors, and each basis vector is associated with one of the O1*O2 orthogonal basis vector groups. Some basis vectors in the N basis vectors may be associated with the same basis vector groups.
  • the terminal can indicate the indices of N selected orthogonal basis vector groups to the network-side device through N first codebook indices.
  • Each first codebook index is associated with two values q1 and q2 , where q1 ⁇ ⁇ 0,1,...,O1-1 ⁇ and q2 ⁇ ⁇ 0,1,...,O2-1 ⁇ .
  • Different first codebook indices may be associated with the same q1 , q2 , or q.
  • the terminal indicates a combination number to the network through a second codebook index (e.g., i 1, 2 ), which is obtained through the local indexes of N basis vectors. Confirmed.
  • the confirmation method is as follows:
  • N basis vectors Sort the data from smallest to largest to obtain the new local index. or For sorted local indexes, they are mapped to second codebook indexes in the following manner.
  • the order in which the terminal indicates the N first codebook indices to the network can correspond to the order of the basis vectors after sorting the local indices. That is, the new local indices... or The first value corresponds to the first or last first codebook index, the second value corresponds to the second or second-to-last first codebook index, the third value corresponds to the third or third-to-last first codebook index, and so on.
  • the network device receives one second codebook index from the terminal and, based on the combinatorial demapping method, determines the local indices of the N basis vectors associated with the N first codebook indices as follows: and
  • the network-side device determines the global indices of the N basis vectors as follows:
  • the network-side device can determine the base vector fed back by the terminal based on the global index of the base vector.
  • this application also provides another base vector indication method, which is executed by a network-side device.
  • FIG 9 shows a flowchart of a base vector indication method provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • This method 900 can be executed by a terminal.
  • the method can be executed by software or hardware installed on the terminal.
  • the method mainly includes the following steps.
  • the network-side device receives N base vector group indications and one base vector indication from the terminal, wherein each of the N base vector group indications is used to indicate the base vector group to which a base vector belongs, and the base vector indication is used to indicate the local index of each base vector in the N base vectors in the base vector group, and the base vectors in each base vector group are mutually orthogonal;
  • the network-side device determines the global index of the N base vectors based on the N base vector group indications and the one base vector indication.
  • the basis vector indicator is associated with a combination number, which is used to indicate the local index of each of the N basis vectors in the basis vector group.
  • the technical solution provided by the embodiments of this application first indicates the base vector group, and then uses the combination number to perform joint encoding to indicate all base vectors, avoiding the independent indication of each base vector.
  • the property of the combination number can be used to reduce the overhead of base vector offset indication.
  • the basis vector indication method provided in this application can be executed by a basis vector indication device.
  • This application uses the example of a basis vector indication device executing the basis vector indication method to illustrate the basis vector indication device provided in this application.
  • the base vector indicating device can be a communication device or a component within a communication device, such as a chip.
  • the communication device can be a terminal, a network-side device, or a server, etc.
  • the terminal can be, but is not limited to, the type of terminal 11 listed above
  • the network-side device can be, but is not limited to, the type of network-side device 12 listed above. This application does not impose specific limitations.
  • the base vector indication device includes a receiving module, a transmitting module, and a processing module. These modules can be implemented in software or hardware.
  • the processing module can be implemented by a processor.
  • the processor can include general-purpose processors, special-purpose processors, such as a Central Processing Unit (CPU), microprocessor, Digital Signal Processor (DSP), Artificial Intelligence (AI) processor, Graphics Processing Unit (GPU), Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), Network Processor (NP), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA), or other programmable logic devices, gate circuits, transistors, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • the receiving and transmitting modules can be implemented by a communication interface, which can include one or more of the following: transceiver, pins, circuits, bus, radio frequency unit, etc.
  • the base vector indicating device 1000 when the base vector indicating device is a terminal or a component within a terminal, the base vector indicating device 1000 includes a processing module 1001, used to acquire N first base vector information to be fed back, wherein each of the N first base vector information is associated with a base vector, and the first base vector information includes at least one of the following: base vector indication, base vector offset indication, where N is an integer greater than 0; and a sending module 1002, used to feed back M indication information and N first base vector information to the network-side device, wherein the indication information is used to determine the load size of the N first base vector information, where M is an integer greater than 0.
  • a processing module 1001 used to acquire N first base vector information to be fed back, wherein each of the N first base vector information is associated with a base vector, and the first base vector information includes at least one of the following: base vector indication, base vector offset indication, where N is an integer greater than 0; and a sending module 1002, used to feed back M indication information and N first base vector information to the
  • the M indication information includes: M status information, wherein the M status information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the first basis vector is one of the following: a predefined basis vector, one of the N basis vectors, or a basis vector indicated by the terminal; the second basis vector is a basis vector orthogonal to the first basis vector; and the third basis vector is a basis vector orthogonal to one of the first and second basis vectors.
  • the relationship between the first basis vector and the second basis vector includes the relationship between the first basis vector index associated with the first basis vector and the second basis vector index associated with the second basis vector.
  • the relationship between the first basis vector and the second basis vector includes at least one of the following:
  • the first base vector and the second base vector are located in the same target base vector group, which includes one of the following: a base vector group agreed upon by the protocol, or a base vector group indicated by the network-side device;
  • the first basis vector and the second basis vector are located in different target basis vector groups
  • the first basis vector and the second basis vector are orthogonal based on the first dimension
  • the first basis vector and the second basis vector have the same basis vector index in the first dimension
  • the first basis vector and the second basis vector have different basis vector indices in the first dimension
  • the first dimension is one of the multiple dimensions associated with the basis vector.
  • the payload size of the first base vector information associated with multiple different states is not exactly the same.
  • the M indication information includes: M base vector offset group indications, where M equals N; each base vector offset group indication is associated with one of the following load sizes:
  • N1 is the vector length of the horizontal dimension of the associated basis vector indicated by the basis vector offset group
  • N2 is the vector length of the vertical dimension of the associated basis vector indicated by the basis vector offset group.
  • the payload size of the first basis vector information associated with any one of the N basis vectors is one of the following:
  • N is greater than 1; the processing module 1001 is further configured to determine at least one of the channel state information report and the precoding matrix indication associated with N basis vectors, wherein the N basis vectors satisfy one of the following:
  • At least one dimension is orthogonal
  • the second dimension is one of the multiple dimensions associated with the basis vectors.
  • the N basis vectors are associated with at least two basis vector groups, and at least two basis vectors in each basis vector group satisfy one of the following:
  • At least one dimension is orthogonal.
  • the base vector indicating device 1100 when the base vector indicating device is a terminal or a component within a terminal, the base vector indicating device 1100 includes a processing module 1101, used to determine at least one second base vector information associated with at least one base vector based on at least one reference base vector, wherein the second base vector information includes one of the following: base vector offset, base vector index; determine a target mapping rule for each second base vector information based on the value of a target parameter associated with each second base vector information, wherein the target mapping rules corresponding to multiple different values of the target parameter are not completely the same; map the second base vector information to a positive integer in a set of positive integers based on the target mapping rule for each second base vector information; and a sending module 1102, used to indicate to the network-side device the positive integer mapped by each second base vector information.
  • a processing module 1101 used to determine at least one second base vector information associated with at least one base vector based on at least one reference base vector, wherein the second base vector information includes one of the following: base vector
  • determining at least one second basis vector information associated with at least one basis vector based on at least one reference basis vector includes:
  • At least one second basis vector information is determined.
  • the target parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • the number of the at least one basis vector is greater than or equal to 2; the processing module 1101 is further configured to determine a plurality of basis vectors associated with at least one of the channel state information report and the precoding matrix indication, wherein the plurality of basis vectors satisfy one of the following:
  • At least one dimension is orthogonal
  • the plurality of basis vectors are associated with at least two basis vector groups, wherein at least two basis vectors in each basis vector group satisfy one of the following:
  • At least one dimension is orthogonal.
  • the base vector indicating device 1200 when the base vector indicating device is a terminal or a component within a terminal, the base vector indicating device 1200 includes a processing module 1201 for determining N base vectors to be fed back, where N is an integer greater than 1; and a sending module 1202 for feeding back N base vector group indications and one base vector indication to the network-side device, wherein each of the N base vector group indications is used to indicate the base vector group to which a base vector belongs, and the base vector indication is used to indicate the local index of each base vector in the N base vectors within the base vector group, and the base vectors in each base vector group are mutually orthogonal.
  • the basis vector indicator is associated with a combination number that indicates the local index of each of the N basis vectors in the basis vector group.
  • N basis vector groups are selected from multiple orthogonal basis vector groups, and a basis vector to be fed back is determined from each of the N basis vector groups;
  • the processing module 1201 is further configured to determine the N basis vectors associated with at least one of the channel state information report and the precoding matrix indication, wherein the N basis vectors satisfy one of the following:
  • At least one dimension is orthogonal
  • the second dimension is one of the multiple dimensions associated with the basis vectors.
  • the N basis vectors are associated with at least two basis vector groups, and at least two basis vectors in each basis vector group satisfy one of the following:
  • At least one dimension is orthogonal.
  • the base vector indicating device 1300 when the base vector indicating device is a network-side device or a component within a network-side device, the base vector indicating device 1300 includes a receiving module 1301, used to receive M indication information and N first base vector information fed back by the terminal. Each of the N first base vector information is associated with a base vector.
  • the first base vector information includes at least one of the following: base vector indication, base vector offset indication, where N is an integer greater than 0.
  • the indication information is used to determine the load size of the N first base vector information, where M is an integer greater than 0.
  • a processing module 1302 is used to determine the load size of the N first base vector information based on the M indication information and to parse the first base vector information associated with the N base vectors based on the determined load size.
  • the M indication information includes: M status information, the M status information being used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the first basis vector is one of the following: a predefined basis vector, one of the N basis vectors, or a basis vector indicated by the terminal; the second basis vector is a basis vector orthogonal to the first basis vector; and the third basis vector is a basis vector orthogonal to one of the first and second basis vectors.
  • the relationship between the first basis vector and the second basis vector includes the relationship between the first basis vector index associated with the first basis vector and the second basis vector index associated with the second basis vector.
  • the relationship between the first basis vector and the second basis vector includes at least one of the following:
  • the first base vector and the second base vector are located in the same target base vector group, which includes one of the following: a base vector group agreed upon by the protocol, or a base vector group indicated by the network-side device;
  • the first basis vector and the second basis vector are located in different target basis vector groups
  • the first basis vector and the second basis vector are orthogonal based on the first dimension
  • the first basis vector and the second basis vector are not orthogonal based on the first dimension
  • the first basis vector and the second basis vector have the same basis vector index in the first dimension
  • the first basis vector and the second basis vector have different basis vector indices in the first dimension
  • the first basis vector and the second basis vector are orthogonal in all dimensions associated with the basis vectors.
  • the first dimension is one of the multiple dimensions associated with the basis vector.
  • the payload size of the first base vector information associated with multiple different states is not exactly the same.
  • the M indication information includes: M base vector offset group indications, where M equals N; each base vector offset group indication is associated with one of the following load sizes:
  • N1 is the vector length of the horizontal dimension of the associated basis vector indicated by the basis vector offset group
  • N2 is the vector length of the vertical dimension of the associated basis vector indicated by the basis vector offset group.
  • the payload size of the first basis vector information associated with any one of the N basis vectors is one of the following:
  • O1 is the oversampling factor of the horizontal dimension of the associated basis vectors indicated by the basis vector offset group
  • O2 is the oversampling factor of the vertical dimension of the associated basis vectors indicated by the basis vector offset group.
  • the base vector indicating device 1400 when the base vector indicating device is a network-side device or a component within a network-side device, the base vector indicating device 1400 includes a receiving module 1401, used to receive a positive integer mapped to each second base vector information indicated by a terminal, wherein the second base vector information includes one of the following: a base vector offset, a base vector index; and a processing module 1402, used to determine a target mapping rule for each second base vector information based on the positive integer indicated by the terminal, wherein the target mapping rules corresponding to multiple different positive integers are not completely the same; and to obtain the second base vector information mapped to each positive integer based on the target mapping rule associated with each second base vector information and the associated positive integer.
  • a receiving module 1401 used to receive a positive integer mapped to each second base vector information indicated by a terminal, wherein the second base vector information includes one of the following: a base vector offset, a base vector index
  • a processing module 1402 used to determine a target mapping rule for each second base
  • the receiving module 1401 is further configured to receive at least one reference basis vector indicated by the terminal; the processing module 1402 is configured to obtain a basis vector based on the at least one reference basis vector and the second basis vector information of each of the positive integer mappings.
  • the target parameter includes at least one of the following:
  • N1 is the length of the basis vector in the horizontal direction
  • n1 is the index of the basis vector in an orthogonal basis vector group in the horizontal direction
  • O1 is the oversampling factor in the horizontal direction and o1 is the index of the orthogonal basis vector group in the horizontal direction;
  • O2 is the oversampling factor in the vertical direction and o2 is the index of the orthogonal basis vector group in the vertical direction;
  • the base vector indicating device 1500 when the base vector indicating device is a network-side device or a component within a network-side device, the base vector indicating device 1500 includes a receiving module 1501, used to receive N base vector group indications and one base vector indication fed back by a terminal.
  • Each of the N base vector group indications indicates the base vector group to which one of the base vectors belongs, and the base vector indication indicates the local index of each of the N base vectors within the base vector group.
  • the base vectors in each of the base vector groups are mutually orthogonal.
  • a processing module 1502 is used to determine the global index of the N base vectors based on the N base vector group indications and the one base vector indication.
  • the basis vector indicator is associated with a combination number that indicates the local index of each of the N basis vectors in the basis vector group.
  • the base vector indicator device provided in this application embodiment can implement the various processes implemented in the method embodiments of Figures 2 to 9 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be described again here.
  • this application embodiment also provides a communication device 1600, including a processor 1601 and a memory 1602.
  • the memory 1602 stores a program or instructions that can run on the processor 1601.
  • the program or instructions, when executed by the processor 1601 implement the various steps of the base vector indication method embodiment executed by the terminal described above, and achieve the same technical effect.
  • the program or instructions, when executed by the processor 1601 implement the various steps of the base vector indication method embodiment executed by the network-side device described above, and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, this will not be described again here.
  • This application also provides a terminal, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the steps in the method embodiments shown in Figures 2, 4, and 6.
  • This terminal embodiment corresponds to the above-described terminal-side method embodiments, and all implementation processes and methods of the above-described method embodiments can be applied to this terminal embodiment and achieve the same technical effect.
  • the terminal may be the base vector indicating device shown in Figures 10 to 12.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a terminal implementing an embodiment of this application.
  • the terminal 1700 includes, but is not limited to, at least some of the following components: radio frequency unit 1701, network module 1702, audio output unit 1703, input unit 1704, sensor 1705, display unit 1706, user input unit 1707, interface unit 1708, memory 1709, and processor 1710.
  • terminal 1700 may also include a power supply (such as a battery) for powering various components.
  • the power supply may be logically connected to processor 1710 through a power management system, thereby enabling functions such as charging, discharging, and power consumption management through the power management system.
  • the terminal structure shown in Figure 17 does not constitute a limitation on the terminal.
  • the terminal may include more or fewer components than shown, or combine certain components, or have different component arrangements, which will not be elaborated here.
  • the input unit 1704 may include a graphics processor 17041 and a microphone 17042.
  • the graphics processor 17041 processes image data of still images or videos obtained by an image capture device (such as a camera) in video capture mode or image capture mode.
  • the display unit 1706 may include a display panel 17061, which may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light-emitting diode, or the like.
  • the user input unit 1707 includes at least one of a touch panel 17071 and other input devices 17072.
  • the touch panel 17071 is also called a touch screen.
  • the touch panel 17071 may include a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • Other input devices 17072 may include, but are not limited to, physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control buttons, power buttons, etc.), trackballs, mice, and joysticks, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the radio frequency unit 1701 can transmit it to the processor 1710 for processing; in addition, the radio frequency unit 1701 can send uplink data to the network-side device.
  • the radio frequency unit 1701 includes, but is not limited to, antennas, amplifiers, transceivers, couplers, low-noise amplifiers, duplexers, etc.
  • the memory 1709 can be used to store software programs or instructions, as well as various data.
  • the memory 1709 may primarily include a first storage area for storing programs or instructions and a second storage area for storing data.
  • the first storage area may store the operating system, application programs or instructions required for at least one function (such as sound playback, image playback, etc.).
  • the memory 1709 may include volatile memory or non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (DDRSDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (SLDRAM), and direct memory bus RAM (DRRAM).
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • DDRSDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous link dynamic random access memory
  • DRRAM direct memory bus RAM
  • the memory 1709 in this embodiment includes, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
  • Processor 1710 may include one or more processing units; optionally, processor 1710 integrates an application processor and a modem processor, wherein the application processor mainly handles operations involving the operating system, user interface, and applications, and the modem processor mainly handles wireless communication signals, such as a baseband processor. It is understood that the aforementioned modem processor may also not be integrated into processor 1710.
  • the processor 1710 is configured to acquire base vector information associated with N base vectors to be fed back, wherein the base vector information includes at least one of the following: base vector indication, base vector offset indication, and N is an integer greater than 0; the radio frequency unit 1701 is configured to feed back M indication information and N base vector information to the network-side device, wherein the indication information is used to determine the load size of the N base vector information, and M is an integer greater than 0.
  • the base vector information includes at least one of the following: base vector indication, base vector offset indication, and N is an integer greater than 0
  • the radio frequency unit 1701 is configured to feed back M indication information and N base vector information to the network-side device, wherein the indication information is used to determine the load size of the N base vector information, and M is an integer greater than 0.
  • the base vector information includes at least one of the following: base vector indication, base vector offset indication, and N is an integer greater than 0
  • the radio frequency unit 1701 is configured to feed back M indication information and N base vector information to the network-side device
  • Processor 1710 is configured to determine at least one basis vector information associated with at least one basis vector based on at least one reference basis vector, wherein the basis vector information includes one of the following: basis vector offset, basis vector index; determine a target mapping rule for each basis vector based on the value of a target parameter associated with each basis vector, wherein the target mapping rules corresponding to multiple different values of the target parameter are not completely the same; and map the basis vector to a positive integer in a set of positive integers based on the target mapping rule for each basis vector; radio frequency unit 1701 is configured to indicate to a network-side device the positive integer mapped to each basis vector.
  • the basis vector information includes one of the following: basis vector offset, basis vector index; determine a target mapping rule for each basis vector based on the value of a target parameter associated with each basis vector, wherein the target mapping rules corresponding to multiple different values of the target parameter are not completely the same; and map the basis vector to a positive integer in a set of positive integers based on the target mapping rule for each basis vector;
  • Processor 1710 is configured to determine N base vectors to be fed back, where N is an integer greater than 1; radio frequency unit 1701 is configured to feed back N base vector group indications and one base vector indication to the network-side device, wherein each of the N base vector group indications is used to indicate the base vector group to which a base vector belongs, and the base vector indication is used to indicate the local index of each base vector in the N base vectors in the base vector group, and the base vectors in each base vector group are mutually orthogonal.
  • This application also provides a network-side device, including a processor and a communication interface.
  • the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the steps of the method embodiments shown in Figures 3, 5, and 9.
  • This network-side device embodiment corresponds to the above-described network-side device method embodiments. All implementation processes and methods of the above-described method embodiments can be applied to this network-side device embodiment and achieve the same technical effects.
  • this application embodiment also provides a network-side device, which may be the base vector indicating device shown in Figures 13 to 15.
  • the network-side device 1800 includes: an antenna 181, a radio frequency (RF) device 182, a baseband device 183, a processor 184, and a memory 185.
  • the antenna 181 is connected to the RF device 182.
  • the RF device 182 receives information through the antenna 181 and sends the received information to the baseband device 183 for processing.
  • the baseband device 183 processes the information to be transmitted and sends it to the RF device 182.
  • the RF device 182 processes the received information and transmits it through the antenna 181.
  • the method executed by the network-side device in the above embodiments can be implemented in the baseband device 183, which includes a baseband processor.
  • the baseband device 183 may include at least one baseband board, on which multiple chips are disposed, as shown in FIG18.
  • One of the chips is, for example, a baseband processor, which is connected to the memory 185 via a bus interface to call the program in the memory 185 and execute the network device operation shown in the above method embodiment.
  • the network-side device may also include a network interface 186, such as a Common Public Radio Interface (CPRI).
  • CPRI Common Public Radio Interface
  • the network-side device 1800 in this application embodiment further includes: instructions or programs stored in memory 185 and executable on processor 184.
  • Processor 184 calls the instructions or programs in memory 185 to execute the methods executed by the modules shown in Figures 13 to 15 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • This application also provides a readable storage medium storing a program or instructions.
  • the program or instructions When the program or instructions are executed by a processor, they implement the various processes of the above-described base vector indication method embodiments and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, they will not be described again here.
  • the processor mentioned above is the processor in the terminal described in the above embodiments.
  • the readable storage medium includes computer-readable storage media, such as computer read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk, or optical disk.
  • ROM computer read-only memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • magnetic disk magnetic disk
  • optical disk optical disk
  • the readable storage medium may be a non-transient readable storage medium.
  • This application embodiment also provides a chip, which includes a processor and a communication interface.
  • the communication interface is coupled to the processor.
  • the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the various processes of the above-described base vector indication method embodiments and can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be described again here.
  • chip mentioned in the embodiments of this application may also be referred to as a system-on-a-chip, system chip, chip system, or system-on-a-chip, etc.
  • This application also provides a computer program/program product, which is stored in a storage medium and executed by at least one processor to implement the various processes of the above-described base vector indication method embodiments, and can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be described again here.
  • This application also provides a wireless communication system, including: a terminal and a network-side device.
  • the terminal can be used to execute the steps of the base vector indication method 200, 400 or 600 as described above, and the network-side device can be used to execute the steps of the base vector indication method 300, 500 or 900 as described above.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请公开了一种基矢量指示方法、装置、终端及网络侧设备，属于无线通信领域，本申请实施例的一种基矢量指示方法，包括：终端获取待反馈的N个第一基矢量信息，其中，所述N个第一基矢量信息中的每个第一基矢量信息关联一个基矢量，所述第一基矢量信息包括以下至少之一：基矢量指示、基矢量偏移量指示，N为大于0的整数；所述终端向网络侧设备反馈M个指示信息和N个所述第一基矢量信息，其中，所述指示信息用于确定N个所述第一基矢量信息的负载大小，M为大于0的整数。

Description

基矢量指示方法、装置、终端及网络侧设备
交叉引用
本申请要求在2024年07月15日提交中国专利局、申请号为202410946043.2、发明名称为“基矢量指示方法、装置、终端及网络侧设备”的中国专利申请的优先权，该申请的全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请属于无线通信技术领域，具体涉及一种基矢量指示方法、装置、终端及网络侧设备。
背景技术
在相关技术中，随着天线规模的不断提升或者对于通信速率的要求的不断提升，对于码本性能的要求也随之不断提升，因此，可能会在现有码本基矢量获取的基础上，利用增加候选基矢量组的大小或者基矢量偏移量的候选值的数量，提升码本的大小(size)，从而提升码本的性能。
然而，通过扩展基矢量组的大小或者基矢量偏移量的候选值的数量来提升码本性能，则导致终端指示信道状态信息(Channel State Information，CSI)或者预编码矩阵指示(Precoding matrix indicator，PMI)关联的多个正交基矢量时，可能需要更多的指示开销，因此，如何节约基矢量指示的开销是目前需要解决的技术问题。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种基矢量指示方法、装置、终端及网络侧设备，能够节约基矢量指示的开销。
第一方面，提供了一种基矢量指示方法，包括：终端获取待反馈的N个第一基矢量信息，其中，所述N个第一基矢量信息中的每个第一基矢量信息关联一个基矢量，所述第一基矢量信息包括以下至少之一：基矢量指示、基矢量偏移量指示，N为大于0的整数；所述终端向网络侧设备反馈M个指示信息和N个所述第一基矢量信息，其中，所述指示信息用于确定N个所述第一基矢量信息的负载大小，M为大于0的整数。
第二方面，提供了一种基矢量指示方法，包括：终端基于至少一个参考基矢量，确定至少一个基矢量关联的至少一个第二基矢量信息，其中，所述第二基矢量信息包括以下之一：基矢量偏移量、基矢量索引；所述终端基于每个所述基矢量信息关联的目标参数的取值，确定每个所述基矢量信息的目标映射规则，其中，多个不同的取值的所述目标参数对应的目标映射规则不完全相同；所述终端基于每个所述第二基矢量信息的所述目标映射规则，将所述第二基矢量信息映射到正整数集合中的一个正整数；所述终端向网络侧设备指示每个所述第二基矢量信息所映射的正整数。
第三方面，提供了一种基矢量指示方法，包括：终端确定待反馈的N个基矢量，其中，N为大于1的整数；所述终端向网络侧设备反馈N个基矢量组指示和一个基矢量指示，其中，所述N个基矢量组指示的每个基矢量组指示用于指示一个所述基矢量所属的基矢量组，所述基矢量指示用于指示所述N个基矢量中每个基矢量在基矢量组中的局部索引，每个所述基矢量组内的基矢量是相互正交的。
第四方面，提供了一种基矢量指示方法，包括：网络侧设备接收终端反馈的M个指示信息和N个第一基矢量信息，所述N个第一基矢量信息中的每个第一基矢量信息关联一个基矢量，所述第一基矢量信息包括以下至少之一：基矢量指示、基矢量偏移量指示，N为大于0的整数，所述指示信息用于确定N个所述基矢量信息的负载大小，M为大于0的整数；所述网络侧设备基于所述M个指示信息确定N个所述第一基矢量信息的负载大小；所述网络侧设备基于确定的所述负载大小，解析N个基矢量关联的N个第一基矢量信息。
第五方面，提供了一种基矢量指示方法，包括：网络侧设备接收终端指示每个第二基矢量信息所映射的正整数，其中，所述第二基矢量信息包括以下之一：基矢量偏移量、基矢量索引；所述网络侧设备基于终端指示的正整数，确定每个所述第二基矢量信息的目标映射规则，其中，多个不同的正整数对应的目标映射规则不完全相同；所述网络侧设备基于每个所述第二基矢量信息关联的所述目标映射规则和关联的所述正整数，获取每个所述正整数映射的第二基矢量信息。
第六方面，提供了一种基矢量指示方法，包括：网络侧设备接收终端反馈的N个基矢量组指示和一个基矢量指示，其中，所述N个基矢量组指示的每个基矢量组指示用于指示一个所述基矢量所属的基矢量组，所述基矢量指示用于指示所述N个基矢量中每个基矢量在基矢量组中的局部索引，每个所述基矢量组内的基矢量是相互正交的；所述网络侧设备基于所述N个基矢量组指示和所述一个基矢量指示，确定N个基矢量的全局索引。
第七方面，提供了一种基矢量指示装置，包括：处理模块，用于获取待反馈的N个第一基矢量信息，其中，所述N个第一基矢量信息中的每个第一基矢量信息关联一个基矢量，所述第一基矢量信息包括以下至少之一：基矢量指示、基矢量偏移量指示，N为大于0的整数；发送模块，用于向网络侧设备反馈M个指示信息和N个所述基矢量信息，其中，所述指示信息用于确定N个所述第一基矢量信息的负载大小，M为大于0的整数。
第八方面，提供了一种基矢量指示装置，包括：处理模块，用于基于至少一个参考基矢量，确定至少一个基矢量关联的至少一个第二基矢量信息，其中，所述第二基矢量信息包括以下之一：基矢量偏移量、基矢量索引；基于每个所述第二基矢量信息关联的目标参数的取值，确定每个所述第二基矢量信息的目标映射规则，其中，多个不同的取值的所述目标参数对应的目标映射规则不完全相同；基于每个所述第二基矢量信息的所述目标映射规则，将所述第二基矢量信息映射到正整数集合中的一个正整数；发送模块，用于向网络侧设备指示每个所述第二基矢量信息所映射的正整数。
第九方面，提供了一种基矢量指示装置，包括：处理模块，用于确定待反馈的N个基矢量，其中，N为大于1的整数；发送模块，用于向网络侧设备反馈N个基矢量组指示和一个基矢量指示，其中，所述N个基矢量组指示的每个基矢量组指示用于指示一个所述基矢量所属的基矢量组，所述基矢量指示用于指示所述N个基矢量中每个基矢量在基矢量组中的局部索引，每个所述基矢量组内的基矢量是相互正交的。
第十方面，提供了一种基矢量指示装置，包括：接收模块，用于接收终端反馈的M个指示信息和N个第一基矢量信息，所述N个第一基矢量信息中的每个第一基矢量信息关联一个基矢量，所述第一基矢量信息包括以下至少之一：基矢量指示、基矢量偏移量指示，N为大于0的整数，所述指示信息用于确定N个所述基矢量信息的负载大小，M为大于0的整数；处理模块，用于基于所述M个指示信息确定N个所述第一基矢量信息的负载大小；基于确定的所述负载大小，解析N个基矢量关联的N个第一基矢量信息。
第十一方面，提供了一种基矢量指示装置，包括：接收模块，用于接收终端指示每个第二基矢量信息所映射的正整数，其中，所述第二基矢量信息包括以下之一：基矢量偏移量、基矢量索引；处理模块，用于基于终端指示的正整数，确定每个所述第二基矢量信息的目标映射规则，其中，多个不同的正整数对应的目标映射规则不完全相同；基于每个所述第二基矢量信息关联的所述目标映射规则和关联的所述正整数，获取每个所述正整数映射的第二基矢量信息。
第十二方面，提供了一种基矢量指示装置，包括：接收模块，用于接收终端反馈的N个基矢量组指示和一个基矢量指示，其中，所述N个基矢量组指示的每个基矢量组指示用于指示一个所述基矢量所属的基矢量组，所述基矢量指示用于指示所述N个基矢量中每个基矢量在基矢量组中的局部索引，每个所述基矢量组内的基矢量是相互正交的；处理模块，用于基于所述N个基矢量组指示和所述一个基矢量指示，确定N个基矢量的全局索引。
第十三方面，提供了一种基矢量指示装置，所述装置被配置为执行如第一方面至第六方面中任一方面所述的方法的步骤。
第十四方面，提供了一种终端，该终端包括处理器和存储器，所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令，所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第一方面至第三方面中任一方面所述的方法的步骤。
第十五方面，提供了一种终端，包括处理器及通信接口，其中，所述处理器用于实现如第一方面至第三方面中任一方面所述的方法的步骤，所述通信接口用于与网络侧设备通信。
第十六方面，提供了一种网络侧设备，该网络侧设备包括处理器和存储器，所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令，所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第四方面至第六方面中任一方面所述的方法的步骤。
第十七方面，提供了一种网络侧设备，包括处理器及通信接口，其中，所述处理器用于实现如第四方面至第六方面中任一方面所述的方法的步骤，所述通信接口用于与终端通信。
第十八方面，提供了一种可读存储介质，所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令，所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如第一方面至第六方面中任一方面所述的方法的步骤。
第十九方面，提供了一种无线通信系统，包括：终端及网络侧设备，所述终端可用于执行如第一方面至第三方面中任一方面所述的方法的步骤，所述网络侧设备可用于执行如第四方面至第六方面中任一方面所述的方法的步骤。
第二十方面，提供了一种芯片，所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口，所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合，所述处理器用于运行程序或指令，实现如第一方面至第六方面中任一方面所述的方法的步骤。
第二十一方面，提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品，所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在存储介质中，所述计算机程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现如第一方面至第六方面中任一方面所述的方法的步骤。
在本申请实施例中，终端获取待反馈的N个基矢量指示或基矢量偏移量指示，并向网络侧设备反馈M个指示信息和N个基矢量指示或基矢量偏移量指示，通过所述M个指示信息可以确定N个基矢量指示或基矢量偏移量指示的负载大小，从而使得终端可以按照实际需要，确定基矢量指示或基矢量偏移量指示的负载大小，而无需按照最大的基矢量指示或基矢量偏移量指示进行基矢量的指示，从而节约了基矢量指示的开销。
附图说明
图1示出本申请实施例可应用的一种无线通信系统的框图；
图2示出本申请实施例提供的基矢量指示方法的一种流程示意图；
图3示出本申请实施例提供的基矢量指示方法的另一种流程示意图；
图4示出本申请实施例提供的基矢量指示方法的一种流程示意图；
图5示出本申请实施例提供的基矢量指示方法的另一种流程示意图；
图6示出本申请实施例提供的基矢量指示方法的一种流程示意图；
图7示出本申请实施例中的一种基矢量的位置示意图；
图8示出本申请实施例中的另一种基矢量的位置示意图；
图9示出本申请实施例提供的基矢量指示方法的另一种流程示意图；
图10示出本申请实施例提供的基矢量指示装置的一种结构示意图；
图11示出本申请实施例提供的基矢量指示装置的另一种结构示意图；
图12示出本申请实施例提供的基矢量指示装置的另一种结构示意图；
图13示出本申请实施例提供的基矢量指示装置的另一种结构示意图；
图14示出本申请实施例提供的基矢量指示装置的另一种结构示意图；
图15示出本申请实施例提供的基矢量指示装置的另一种结构示意图；
图16示出本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备的结构示意图；
图17示出本申请实施例提供的一种终端的硬件结构示意图；
图18示出本申请实施例提供的一种网络侧设备的硬件结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚描述，显然，所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例，而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例，本领域普通技术人员所获得的所有其他实施例，都属于本申请保护的范围。
本申请的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象，而不用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的术语在适当情况下可以互换，以便本申请的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的那些以外的顺序实施，且“第一”、“第二”所区别的对象通常为一类，并不限定对象的个数，例如第一对象可以是一个，也可以是多个。此外，本申请中的“或”表示所连接对象的至少其中之一。例如“A或B”的保护范围至少涵盖三种方案，即，方案一：包括A且不包括B；方案二：包括B且不包括A；方案三：既包括A又包括B。此外，术语“A和/或B”、“A和B中的至少一项”、“A或B中的至少一项”也分别至少涵盖上述三种方案。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
本申请的术语“指示”既可以是一个直接的指示(或者说显式的指示)，也可以是一个间接的指示(或者说隐含的指示)。其中，直接的指示可以理解为，发送方在发送的指示中明确告知了接收方具体的信息、需要执行的操作或请求结果等内容；间接的指示可以理解为，接收方根据发送方发送的指示确定对应的信息，或者进行判断并根据判断结果确定需要执行的操作或请求结果等。
值得指出的是，本申请实施例所描述的技术不限于长期演进型(Long Term Evolution，LTE)/LTE的演进(LTE-Advanced，LTE-A)系统，还可用于其他无线通信系统，诸如码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access，CDMA)、时分多址(Time Division Multiple Access，TDMA)、频分多址(Frequency Division Multiple Access，FDMA)、正交频分多址(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access，OFDMA)、单载波频分多址(Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access，SC-FDMA)或其他系统。本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”常被可互换地使用，所描述的技术既可用于以上提及的系统和无线电技术，也可用于其他系统和无线电技术。以下描述出于示例目的描述了新空口(New Radio，NR)系统，并且在以下大部分描述中使用NR术语，但是这些技术也可应用于NR系统以外的系统，如第6代(6th Generation，6G)通信系统。
图1示出本申请实施例可应用的一种无线通信系统的框图。无线通信系统包括终端11和网络侧设备12。其中，终端11可以是手机、平板电脑(Tablet Personal Computer)、膝上型电脑(Laptop Computer)、笔记本电脑、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant，PDA)、掌上电脑、上网本、超级移动个人计算机(Ultra-mobile Personal Computer，UMPC)、移动上网装置(Mobile Internet Device，MID)、增强现实(Augmented Reality，AR)、虚拟现实(Virtual Reality，VR)设备、机器人、可穿戴式设备(Wearable Device)、飞行器(flight vehicle)、车载用户设备(Vehicle User Equipment，VUE)、船载设备、行人用户设备(Pedestrian User Equipment，PUE)、智能家居(具有无线通信功能的家居设备，如冰箱、电视、洗衣机或者家具等)、游戏机、个人计算机(Personal Computer，PC)、柜员机或者自助机等终端侧设备。可穿戴式设备包括：智能手表、智能手环、智能耳机、智能眼镜、智能首饰(智能手镯、智能手链、智能戒指、智能项链、智能脚镯、智能脚链等)、智能腕带、智能服装等。其中，车载设备也可以称为车载终端、车载控制器、车载模块、车载部件、车载芯片或车载单元等。需要说明的是，在本申请实施例并不限定终端11的具体类型。网络侧设备12可以包括接入网设备或核心网设备，其中，接入网设备也可以称为无线接入网(Radio Access Network，RAN)设备、无线接入网功能或无线接入网单元。接入网设备可以包括基站、无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Network，WLAN)接入点(Access Point，AP)或无线保真(Wireless Fidelity，WiFi)节点等。其中，基站可被称为节点B(Node B，NB)、演进节点B(Evolved Node B，eNB)、下一代节点B(the next generation Node B，gNB)、新空口节点B(New Radio Node B，NR Node B)、接入点、中继站(Relay Base Station，RBS)、服务基站(Serving Base Station，SBS)、基收发机站(Base Transceiver Station，BTS)、无线电基站、无线电收发机、基本服务集(Basic Service Set，BSS)、扩展服务集(Extended Service Set，ESS)、家用B节点(home Node B，HNB)、家用演进型B节点(home evolved Node B)、发送接收点(Transmit/Receive Point，TRP)或所属领域中其他某个合适的术语，只要达到相同的技术效果，所述基站不限于特定技术词汇，需要说明的是，在本申请实施例中仅以NR系统中的基站为例进行介绍，并不限定基站的具体类型。
为了进一步理解本申请实施例提供的技术方案，以下对本申请实施例涉及的一些相关技术进行说明。
一、CSI
通常，CSI中包括CSI参考信号(CSI Reference Signal，CSI-RS)资源指示(CSI-RS Resource Indicator，CRI)、PMI、秩指示(Rank indicator，RI)、层指示(Layer indictor，LI)、信道质量指示(Channel quality indicator，CQI)中的一项或者几项。其中PMI的开销在整个CSI开销中的占比可能比较大，因此，优化PMI的开销是值得持续考虑的。
对于终端确定的PMI，通常由一组正交的基矢量和正交的基矢量关联的加权系数确定。因此，终端需要向网络侧设备指示确定的至少一个正交基矢量以及正交基矢量的加权系数。网络侧设备基于正交基矢量和加权系数确定终端确定的PMI，进一步，网络侧设备基于PMI进行候选的数据传输。
二、基矢量指示
对于两个正交的多维基矢量，并不需要要求所有维度方向均正交，可以理解为部分维度正交即可保证两个多维基矢量正交。以2维基矢量为例，一个基矢量由2个维度构成(如下公式的基矢量vl,m由m参数和l参数构成)，通常可以理解为水平维度和垂直维度，也可以理解为N2维度和N1维度。其中，m＝0,1,2,…,O2*N2-1表示垂直维度或者N2维度，n＝0,1,2,….,O1*N1-1表示水平维度或者N1维度。其中N1/N2/O1/O2为码本参数，通常为网络信令指示的，2*N1*N2为PMI关联的端口数量，O1和O2为N1维度和N2维度的过采样因子，该参数影响基矢量元素之间的相位。N1可以理解为水平维度的离散傅立叶变换(Discrete Fourier Transform，DFT)向量的长度，N2可以理解为垂直维度的DFT向量的长度，N1*N2可以理解为2维DFT向量的长度。
对于2个正交的基矢量和可能的情况如下：
(1)和在N1维度正交，N2维度不正交，即l1-l2的差值是O1的整数倍，但是m1-m2的差值不是O2的整数倍；
(2)和在N2维度正交，N1维度不正交，即m1-m2的差值是O2的整数倍，但是l1-l2的差值不是O1的整数倍；
(3)和在N2维度正交，N1维度也正交，即m1-m2的差值是O2的整数倍，且l1-l2的差值也是O1的整数倍。
如果CSI或者PMI关联多个正交基矢量，相关技术存在2种指示方式，终端通过这2中指示方式向网络指示CSI或者PMI关联多个正交基矢量。
第一种指示方式为：通过组合数向网络指示终端从一个基矢量组中选择多个正交基矢量的基矢量索引，所述基矢量组中的基矢量都属于N2维度正交以及N1维度也正交。所述组合数关联的UCI字段的大小或者payload size为其中表示从N1*N2个基矢量中选择L个基矢量。因此，可见，随着基矢量组的大小增加，即N1*N2的值增加到N1*N2*O1*O2，组合数关联的指示开销也会增加。
另一种指示方式为：终端首先通过比特序列向网络侧设备指示第一个基矢量，然后通过指示基矢量偏移量向网络侧设备指示其他的基矢量，通常一个基矢量偏移量关联2个值(即，O1的整数倍和O2的整数倍)。其中，基矢量偏移量来自一个候选值集合，集合中的取值均为O1的整数倍和O2的整数倍，即多个正交基矢量是属于N2维度正交以及N1维度也正交。以Type1码本为例，所述第一个基矢量通过i1,1和i1,2指示给网络，i1,3的取值范围或者候选值集合如下表1和表2所示，其中，表1为2层CSI报告中，i1,3与k1和k2的映射关系，表2为3或4层CSI报告中，在PCSI-RS<16的情况下，i1,3与k1和k2的映射关系，所述基矢量偏移量通过码本索引i1,3指示给网络侧设备，即用2bit来指示k1和k2，去掉N1方向的偏移量和N2方向的偏移量，其中，PCSI-RS为参考信号端口数量或预编码矩阵的行数。需要注意的是，之所以只用2bit来指示特定传输层数量的k1和k2，也是为了节省开销。但随着也会造成性能损失。
表1.
表2.
随着天线规模的不断提升或者对于通信速率的要求的不断提升，对于码本性能的要求也随之不断提升，因此，可能将在现有码本基矢量获取的基础上，利用增加上述指示方式中正交基矢量组的大小或者基矢量偏移量的候选值的数量，进一步，提升码本的大小(size)，从而提升码本的性能。
然而在扩展了正交基矢量组的大小或者基矢量偏移量的候选值的数量后，意味着终端继续按照相关的方式指示CSI或者PMI关联的多个正交基矢量时，可能需要更多的指示开销。
此外，对于和在N1维度正交，N2维度不正交的情况，偏移量m1-m2的取值范围可能为{0,1,2,…,N2*O2-1}；对于和在N2维度正交，N1维度不正交，偏移量l1-l2的取值范围可能为{0,1,2,…,N1*O1-1}。通常情况下，N1和N2是不相同的，但是由于网络不知道和在N1维度正交还是在N2维度正交还是两个维度均正交，因此可能需要按照{0,1,2,…,N2*O2-1}和{0,1,2,…,N1*O1-1}中的最大取值范围来配置PMI的反馈资源大小。因此可能需要更多的指示开销。
此外，相关技术中只能从一个2维正交的候选基矢量组中指示选择的基矢量(所述2维正交表示基矢量组中的任意2个基矢量在所有维度上均是正交的或者一个维度相同另一个维度正交)，不能支持从一个1维正交的候选基矢量组中指示选择的基矢量(所述1维正交表示基矢量组中任意1个基矢量与一个参考基矢量在至少一个维度方向上是正交的，可能在某个维度上不正交)。
三、CSI报告
在相关技术中，协议支持将一个CSI报告承载到一个上行信道资源(PUCCH/PUSCH)上反馈给网络，或者多个CSI报告承载到一个上行信道资源(物理上行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel，PUCCH)/物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel，PUSCH))上反馈给网络侧设备的情况。
对于承载于PUSCH的类型2(Type2)系列CSI报告，通常划分为2部分，CSI报告部分1和CSI报告部分2，每部分独立编码，且通过CSI报告部分1可以确定CSI报告部分2的大小。
如果出现CSI报告的负载大小(payload size)过大，导致无法承载的情况，则按照协议约定终端的行为可能为丢弃CSI报告的部分内容或者丢弃整个CSI报告。
由此可见，如何节约基矢量指示的开销或如何支持更加灵活的基矢量指示是目前需要解决的技术问题。针对该技术问题，本申请实施例提供了一种基矢量指示方案，以节约基矢量指示的开销。
下面结合附图，通过一些实施例及其应用场景对本申请实施例提供的基矢量指示方案进行详细地说明。
实施例一
图2示出本申请实施例中的基矢量指示方法的一种流程示意图，该方法200可以由终端执行。换言之，所述方法可以由安装在终端上的软件或硬件来执行。如图2所示，该方法可以包括以下步骤。
S210，终端获取待反馈的N个第一基矢量信息，其中，所述N个第一基矢量信息中的每个第一基矢量信息关联一个基矢量，所述第一基矢量信息包括以下至少之一：基矢量指示、基矢量偏移量指示，N为大于0的整数。
在本申请实施例中，终端可以根据对参考信号进行测量的结果，获取待反馈的N个基矢量关联的基矢量指示或基矢量偏移量指示。在本申请实施例中，一个基矢量关联一个第一基矢量信息。
在本申请实施例中，所述N个基矢量可以是预编码矩阵的组成部分。所述基矢量指示或者基矢量偏移量指示用于确定所述N个基矢量。通常，所述基矢量指示可以确定基矢量的序号或者索引，基矢量偏移量指示可以确定基矢量的序号或者索引的偏移量，结合参考基矢量的序号或者索引可以确定其他基矢量的序号或者索引。通过终端反馈所述第一基矢量信息给网络侧设备，网络侧设备可以获得N个基矢量关联的N个基矢量序号或者索引，进一步确定预编码矩阵关联的基矢量。
S212，所述终端向网络侧设备反馈M个指示信息和N个所述第一基矢量信息，其中，所述指示信息用于确定N个所述第一基矢量信息的负载大小，M为大于0的整数。
在本申请实施例中，终端在获取待反馈的N个基矢量关联的第一基矢量信息之后，在向网络侧设备反馈获取的第一基矢量信息时，可以向网络侧设备反馈用于确定N个所述第一基矢量信息的负载大小的M个指示信息，从而使得网络侧设备可以基于M个指示信息确定终端反馈的N个第一基矢量信息的负载大小，进而从终端反馈的信息中解析出终端反馈的N个第一基矢量信息。
在本申请实施例中，M个指示信息和N个所述第一基矢量信息可以独立反馈，终端可以先反馈M个指示信息，然后再反馈N个所述第一基矢量信息。例如，终端可以通过CSI报告的第一部分反馈M个指示信息，通过CSI报告的第二部分反馈N个所述第一基矢量信息。
在本申请实施例中，终端向网络侧设备反馈用于确定N个所述第一基矢量信息的负载大小的M个指示信息，从而使得终端无需按照第一基矢量信息的最大负载大小反馈第一基矢量信息，从而节约了基矢量指示的开销。
在一些实施例中，M个指示信息包括：M个状态信息。
可选的，多个不同的所述状态信息关联的第一基矢量信息的负载大小不完全相同，可以理解为：不同的状态信息确定多个第一基矢量信息的负载大小完全不相同，或者，也可以理解为：不同的状态信息确定的多个第一基矢量信息的负载大小中至少部分负载大小是不相同的。或者，也可以理解为所有候选的状态信息中，存在至少2个状态信息，每个状态信息确定的至少一个第一基矢量信息的负载大小是不相同的。
在一些可选的实施方式中，M可以等于1，也就是说，终端反馈1个状态信息，所述1个状态信息用于确定N个基矢量关联的基矢量指示或者基矢量偏移量指示的负载大小(payload size)，其中，N可以大于或等于1。在确定基矢量指示或者基矢量偏移量指示的payload size后，终端可以基于N个基矢量或者N个基矢量关联的基矢量偏移量获取payload size上的比特序列，将所述比特序列反馈给网络侧设备(即反馈N个第一基矢量信息)。
可选的，所述1个状态信息可以用于指示N个基矢量的一种状态组合。可选的，所述N可以基于网络信令指示的最大RI值确定。
在这些实施方式中，对于网络侧设备，首先接收终端反馈的1个状态信息，所述1个状态信息用于确定N个基矢量关联的基矢量指示或者基矢量偏移量指示的payload size(N大于或等于1)。然后网络侧设备基于所述payload size确定N个基矢量或者基矢量偏移量关联的比特序列，基于比特序列确定N个基矢量或者确定N个基矢量偏移量，进一步确定PMI或者CSI关联的所有基矢量，比如，所述N个基矢量偏移量和1个参考基矢量构成了CSI关联的所有空域基矢量。
在本申请实施例中，在不同的状态信息的情况下，N个基矢量关联的基矢量指示或者基矢量偏移量指示的payload size可能是不同的，在有些状态信息的情况下，对应的payload size可能明显小于最大的payload size，因此，通过终端向网络侧设备指示状态信息，所述状态信息用于确定N个基矢量指示或者N个基矢量偏移量指示的payload size这种方式，可以降低指示开销，因为如果没有状态信息的指示，终端需要按照最大的payload size的假设向网络侧设备指示N个基矢量指示或者N个基矢量偏移量指示。
在另一些实施方式中，M可以大于1，可选的，M可以等于N，即终端反馈N个状态信息，其中，1个状态信息用于确定1个基矢量关联的基矢量指示或者基矢量偏移量指示的payload size，在确定了各个基矢量指示或者基矢量偏移量指示的payload size后，终端基于所述基矢量或者所述基矢量关联的基矢量偏移量获取payload size上的比特序列，将所述比特序列(即N个第一基矢量信息)反馈给网络侧设备。
可选的，终端反馈N个状态信息的顺序与终端反馈N个基矢量指示或者基矢量偏移量指示的顺序相同。即，第一个状态信息对应第一个基矢量偏移量指示，第二个状态信息对应第二个基矢量偏移量指示，依次类推。或者，第一个反馈的状态信息对应第一个反馈的基矢量偏移量指示，第二个反馈的状态信息对应第二个反馈的基矢量偏移量指示，依次类推。可选的，N可以基于网络信令指示的最大RI值确定。
对于网络侧设备，首先接收终端反馈的N个状态信息，1个状态信息用于确定1个基矢量关联的基矢量指示或者基矢量偏移量指示的payload size。然后网络侧设备基于该状态信息确定的payload size确定1个基矢量或者基矢量偏移量关联的比特序列，基于比特序列确定1个基矢量或者确定1个基矢量偏移量，进一步确定PMI或者CSI关联的所有基矢量或者所述N个基矢量。或者，对于网络侧设备，首先接收终端反馈的N个状态信息，确定N个基矢量关联的基矢量指示或者基矢量偏移量指示的payload size，以及N个基矢量关联的基矢量指示或者基矢量偏移量指示的顺序，以及每个基矢量关联的基矢量指示或者基矢量偏移量指示的payload size。然后网络侧设备基于该状态信息确定的payload size确定每个基矢量或者基矢量偏移量关联的比特序列，基于比特序列确定每个基矢量或者确定每个基矢量偏移量，进一步确定PMI或者CSI关联的所有基矢量或者所述N个基矢量。
在本申请实施例中，不同的状态信息关联的1个基矢量的基矢量指示或者基矢量偏移量指示的payload size是不同的，对于有些状态信息，其确定的基矢量倣的payload size是明显小于最大的payload size，因此，通过终端向网络侧设备指示状态信息，所述状态信息用于确定1个基矢量指示或者1个基矢量偏移量指示的payload size的这种方式，可以降低指示开销，因为如果没有状态信息的指示，终端需要按照最大的payload size的假设向网络侧设备指示N个基矢量指示或者N个基矢量偏移量指示。
可选的，上述基矢量可以为多维基矢量，例如，空域的多维基矢量，或者空域-频域联合的多维基矢量，或者空域-时域联合的多维基矢量，或者空域-频域-时域联合的多维基矢量等。所述多维基矢量可以理解为通过多个向量克罗内科积(Kronecker product)获得，也可以理解为关联K个独立的参数的基矢量为K维基矢量。
可选的，所述状态信息当且仅当网络侧设备指示的最大RI取值大于特定值时存在，所述特定值可以为协议约定的值或者网络侧设备指示的值，例如，协议约定网络指示的最大RI大于4时，存在至少一个状态信息。
在一些可选的实施例中，M个所述状态信息用于指示以下至少之一：
1)第一基矢量与第二基矢量之间的关系；
2)所述N个第一基矢量信息中是否存在第三基矢量关联的第一基矢量信息；
其中，所述第一基矢量为以下之一：预定义的一个基矢量、所述N个基矢量中的一个基矢量、所述终端指示的一个基矢量；所述第二基矢量为与所述第一基矢量正交的基矢量；所述第三基矢量为与所述第一基矢量和所述第二基矢量中的之一正交的基矢量。
其中，M个所述状态信息用于指示第一基矢量与第二基矢量之间的关系，可以理解为：一个状态信息关联多对基矢量(第一基矢量与第二基矢量)之间的关系(可选的，每对基矢量的第一基矢量可以是相同的基矢量，也可以是不同的基矢量)，或者一个状态信息关联一对基矢量之间的关系。可选的，一个状态信息关联多对基矢量之间的关系且每对基矢量的第一基矢量可以是相同的基矢量时，也可以理解为或者等价为：1个状态信息用于指示第一基矢量与多个不同的第二基矢量之间的关系。
在上述实施例中，终端可以先反馈基矢量之间的关系给网络侧设备，从而可以帮助网络侧设备判断两个基矢量之间的位置关系(所述位置关系可以理解为基矢量序号或者索引的数学关系)，以及这种位置关系下基矢量偏移量的候选集合的范围，避免网络侧设备始终基于最大的候选集合的范围去获取每个基矢量的位置或者基矢量的序号，从而降低基矢量的指示开销。
在本实施例中，基矢量序号也可以理解为基矢量索引或者基矢量参数，基矢量序号之间的数学关系可以理解为基矢量索引或者基矢量参数之间的数学关系。
可选的，所述第一基矢量与第二基矢量之间的关系包括：所述第一基矢量关联的第一基矢量序号与所述第二基矢量关联的第二基矢量序号之间的关系。例如，第一基矢量序号与第二基矢量序号之间的数学关系。其中，所述数学关系可以理解为：第一基矢量序号与第二基矢量序号的差或者和满足一定的数学规律，所述第一基矢量序号或所述第二基矢量序号可以为一个多维基矢量关联的一维基矢量序号，也可以为一个多维基矢量的每个维度的基矢量序号。例如，二维基矢量关联的一维基矢量序号为n＝n1*N2+n2或者n＝n1*N2*O2+n2，其中，n1表示二维基矢量的一个维度的基矢量序号，n2表示二维基矢量的另一个维度的基矢量序号，n表示一维基矢量序号。相当于把二维基矢量的2个基矢量序号通过一种映射方式映射为一维的一个基矢量序号。又例如，一个二维基矢量的基矢量序号之间的数学关系表示每个维度的基矢量序号之间的数学关系。
例如，所述M个状态信息可以用于指示第一个终端指示或者选择的基矢量与第二个终端指示或者选择的基矢量之间的基矢量序号的数学关系，以及第一个终端指示或者选择的基矢量与第三个终端指示或者选择的基矢量之间的基矢量序号的数学关系，以及第一个终端指示或者选择的基矢量与第四个终端指示或者选择的基矢量之间的基矢量序号的数学关系。又例如，所述状态信息可以用于指示第一个终端指示或者选择的基矢量与第二个终端指示或者选择的基矢量之间的基矢量序号的数学关系，以及第二个终端指示或者选择的基矢量与第三个终端指示或者选择的基矢量之间的基矢量序号的数学关系，以及第三个终端指示或者选择的基矢量与第四个终端指示或者选择的基矢量之间的基矢量序号的数学关系。
可选的，第一基矢量与第二基矢量之间的关系可以为：第二基矢量关联的第二基矢量序号与第一基矢量关联的第一基矢量序号之间的差值为特定值(例如，O1或者O2)的整数倍。因此，终端仅需要向网络侧设备指示所述整数倍的具体数值即可，可以节省相应的指示开销。如果没有状态信息，终端不能按照基矢量序号之间的差值为特定值的整数倍来确定用于指示的比特序列的长度，因为网络侧设备不清楚两个基矢量的序号的差值是特定值的整数倍还是非整数倍，通过只能按照非整数倍来确定比特序列的长度，开销较大。
可选的，第一基矢量与第二基矢量之间的关系可以为：第二基矢量关联的某一维度的基矢量序号与第一基矢量关联的某一维度的基矢量序号之间的差值为特定值(例如，O1或者O2)的整数倍。所述某一维度为多个维度中的一个维度。
可选的，第一基矢量与第二基矢量之间的关系可以为：第二基矢量关联的第二基矢量序号与第一基矢量关联的第一基矢量序号之间的差值(所述差值可以理解为直接做差，也可以理解为做差后对特定值取余数)的候选集合，可以理解为，状态信息用于指示或者确定第二基矢量关联的第二基矢量序号与第一基矢量关联的第一基矢量序号的差值的候选集合。因此，终端仅需要向网络侧设备指示所述候选集合中的一个值即可，避免使用最大的候选集合来确定比特序列的长度，因此可以节省相应的指示开销。
可选的，状态信息用于指示或者确定第二基矢量的每个基矢量维度关联的基矢量序号与第一基矢量相应基矢量维度关联的基矢量序号之间的差值(所述差值可以理解为直接做差，也可以理解为做差后对特定值取余数)的候选集合，因此，终端仅需要向网络指示所述候选集合中的一个值即可。例如，第一基矢量为2维基矢量，关联的基矢量序号为第二基矢量为2维基矢量，关联的基矢量序号为所述状态信息指示第二基矢量与第一基矢量在第一个维度序号之间的差值候选集合为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}，所述状态信息指示第二基矢量与第一基矢量在第二个维度序号之间的差值候选集合为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N2-1)*O1}，终端仅需要向网络侧设备指示每个维度在所述候选集合中的一个值即可。可选的，如果没有状态信息，第一个维度序号之间的差值候选集合为{1,2,…,(N1O1-1)}，第二个维度序号之间的差值候选集合为{1,2,…,(N2O2-1)}，因此需要更多的指示开销。
在一个可选的实施方式中，所述第一基矢量与第二基矢量之间的关系包括以下至少之一：
1)所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量位于相同的目标基矢量组，所述目标基矢量组包括以下之一：协议约定的一个基矢量组、网络侧设备指示的一个基矢量组；
2)所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量位于不同的目标基矢量组；
3)所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量基于第一维度正交；
4)所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量基于第一维度不正交；
5)所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量在第一维度上的基矢量索引相同；
6)所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量在第一维度上的基矢量索引不相同；
7)所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量基于基矢量关联的所有维度正交；
其中，所述第一维度为基矢量关联的多个维度中的一个维度。可选地，所述状态信息用于指示或者确定第二基矢量的部分基矢量维度关联的第二基矢量序号与第一基矢量相应的基矢量维度关联的第一基矢量序号是相同的，即所述差值的候选集合中仅包括0值。例如，一对基矢量中，第一基矢量为2维基矢量，关联的基矢量序号第二基矢量为2维基矢量，关联的基矢量序号状态信息指示第二基矢量与第一基矢量在第一个维度序号是相同的，第二个维度序号之间的差值的候选集合为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N2-1)*O1}。
可选的，所述第一基矢量与第二基矢量之间的关系为第二基矢量与第一基矢量的正交关系。例如，所述状态信息用于指示第二基矢量与第一基矢量在N1方向正交，或者在N2方向正交，或者N1方向正交且N2方向正交。终端进一步基于所述第二基矢量与第一基矢量的正交关系，确定第二基矢量关联的基矢量指示或者基矢量偏移指示的payload size，进一步基于所述payload size将第二基矢量关联的基矢量偏移值指示给网络设备。通常，2个基矢量在N1方向正交，意味着在N1方向，基矢量序号差值为O1的整数倍。2个基矢量在N2方向正交，意味着在N2方向，基矢量序号差值为O2的整数倍。又例如，所述状态信息用于指示第二基矢量与第一基矢量在N1方向正交且N2方向基矢量序号相同，或者在N2方向正交且N1方向基矢量序号相同，或者N1方向正交且N2基矢量序号不同，或者在N2方向正交且N1方向基矢量序号不相同。
对于M个状态信息用于指示所述多个第一基矢量信息中是否存在第三基矢量关联的第一基矢量信息，可以理解为：1个状态信息用于指示是否存在第三基矢量，所述第三基矢量为与第一基矢量和第二基矢量正交的多个基矢量。也可以理解为：1个状态信息用于指示是否存在第三基矢量，所述第三基矢量为与第一基矢量和第二基矢量正交的一个基矢量。也可以理解为：1个状态信息用于指示第一基矢量与第二基矢量之间的关系之外还用于指示是否存在第三基矢量。
下面通过具体示例进行说明。
示例1
在本示例中，终端反馈的CSI的第一部分(part1)中指示每个基矢量相对于第一个基矢量的状态可以为以下之一：
1、N1方向正交，或者，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1,2,…,(N2O2-1)}(或者{1,2,…,(N2O2-1)}且不包括{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2})；
2、N2方向正交，或者，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1,2,…,(N1O1-1)}(或者{1,2,…,(N1O1-1)}且不包括{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1})以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
3、N1方向和N2方向均正交，或者，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}。
可选的，当CSI的第一部分(part1)中指示的RI值小于最大RI值时，CSI part1中用于指示状态信息的bit序列的长度，可以仍然按照最大RI值确定的基矢量数量确定。但是有效的状态信息数量是基于CSI part1中的RI的值确定的。例如，最大允许的RI值为8，即最多反馈状态信息的基矢量数量为3(第二个基矢量、第三个基矢量、第四个基矢量)，终端选择的RI为6，即终端反馈的有效的状态信息为第二个基矢量和第三个基矢量的状态信息。此时因为CSI part1是固定长度的，因此，CSI part1中还可能存在第四个基矢量关联的bit序列。可选的，此时第四个基矢量关联的bit序列指示的状态信息可以为任意状态信息，也可以为全0序列或者全1序列。
对于CSI报告关联4个基矢量的情况(例如：CSI part1中的RI的值为8)，CSI part1中指示3个基矢量相对于第一个基矢量的状态，每个基矢量在CSI part1中用于状态信息指示的bit序列长度为2比特。在CSI part2中，最小的指示开销为3个基矢量均为N1方向和N2方向均正交，即可能为：3*(ceil(log2(N1-1))+ceil(log2(N2-1)))，其中ceil表示向上取值。如果不采用上述方法，直接进行指示，不在CSI part1中指示状态信息，则CSI part2中需要指示每个基矢量是((N1-1)N2O2+(N2-1)N1O1)-(N1-1)*(N2-1)个与第一个基矢量正交的基矢量中的哪一个，需要ceil(log2((N1-1)N2O2+(N2-1)N1O1)-(N1-1)*(N2-1)))比特，明显较大。
对于网络设备，网络设备接收CSI part1中的状态指示的bit序列，确定3个基矢量相对于第一个基矢量的状态，进一步，确定每个基矢量相对于第一个基矢量的基矢量偏移量指示关联的比特序列的长度(CSI part2中)。此外，网络设备接收CSI part2，确定第一个基矢量关联的基矢量序号，基于3个基矢量关联的bit序列确定基矢量偏移量的值后，结合第一个基矢量关联的基矢量序号，确定其他基矢量的基矢量序号，进一步确定预编码矩阵关联的所有基矢量。
对于网络侧设备，网络侧设备接收CSI part1中的状态信息的bit序列，确定3个基矢量相对于第一个基矢量的状态，进一步，确定每个基矢量相对于第一个基矢量的基矢量偏移量指示关联的比特序列的长度(CSI part2中)。此外，网络侧设备接收CSI part2，确定第一个基矢量关联的基矢量序号，基于3个基矢量关联的bit序列确定基矢量偏移量的值后，结合第一个基矢量关联的基矢量序号，确定其他基矢量的基矢量序号，进一步确定预编码矩阵关联的所有基矢量。
示例2
在本示例中，如果存在第二个基矢量，终端反馈的CSI part1中指示第二个基矢量的状态信息为以下之一：
1)与第一个基矢量N1方向正交，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1,2,…,(N2O2-1)}(或者{1,2,…,(N2O2-1)}且不包括{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2})；
2)与第一个基矢量N2方向正交，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1,2,…,(N1O1-1)}(或者{1,2,…,(N1O1-1)}且不包括{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1})以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
3)与第一个基矢量N1方向和N2方向均正交，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}。
如果存在第三个基矢量，终端反馈的CSI part1中指示第三个基矢量的状态信息为以下之一：
1)与第一个基矢量N1方向正交，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1,2,…,(N2O2-1)}(或者{1,2,…,(N2O2-1)}且不包括{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2})；
2)与第一个基矢量N2方向正交，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1,2,…,(N1O1-1)}(或者{1,2,…,(N1O1-1)}且不包括{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1})以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
3)与第一个基矢量N1方向和N2方向均正交，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
4)与第二个基矢量N1方向和N2方向均正交，或者，相对于第二个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}。
如果存在第四个基矢量，终端反馈的CSI part1中指示第四个基矢量的状态信息为以下之一：
1)与第一个基矢量N1方向正交，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1,2,…,(N2O2-1)}(或者{1,2,…,(N2O2-1)}且不包括{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2})；
2)与第一个基矢量N2方向正交，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1,2,…,(N1O1-1)}(或者{1,2,…,(N1O1-1)}且不包括{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1})以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
3)与第一个基矢量N1方向和N2方向均正交，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
4)与第二个基矢量N1方向和N2方向均正交，或者，相对于第二个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
5)与第三个基矢量N1方向和N2方向均正交，或者，相对于第三个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}。
如果存在第五个基矢量、第六个基矢量等等，以此类推。
可选的，当CSI part1中指示的RI值小于最大RI值时，CSI part1中用于指示状态信息的bit序列的长度，仍然按照最大RI值确定的基矢量数量确定。但是有效的状态信息数量是基于CSI part1中的RI的值确定的。例如：最大允许的RI值为8，即最多反馈状态信息的基矢量数量为3(第二个基矢量、第三个基矢量、第四个基矢量)，终端选择的RI为6，即终端反馈的有效的状态信息为第二个基矢量和第三个基矢量的状态信息。由于CSI part1为固定长度，因此，CSI part1中还可以存在第四个基矢量关联的bit序列。可选的，此时第四个基矢量关联的bit序列指示的状态信息可以为任意状态信息，也可以为全0序列或者全1序列。
对于CSI报告关联4个基矢量的情况，CSI part1中指示3个基矢量相对于第一个基矢量的状态信息，第二个基矢量在CSIpart1中用于指示状态信息的bit序列长度为2比特。第三个基矢量在CSIpart1中用于指示状态信息的bit序列长度为2比特。第四个基矢量在CSIpart1中用于指示状态信息的bit序列长度为3比特。在CSI part2中，最小的指示开销为3个基矢量均为N1方向和N2方向均正交，即可能为：3*(ceil(log2(N1-1))+ceil(log2(N2-1)))，其中ceil表示向上取值。相比于示例1，由于第三个基矢量引入了相对于第二个基矢量的状态信息，以及第四个基矢量引入了相对于第二个基矢量和第三个基矢量的状态信息，出现N1方向和N2方向均正交的状态的概率更加大，更加容易出现最小的指示开销的情况。因此，节省开销的概率增加，或者更加容易节省开销。
示例3
在本示例中，终端反馈的CSI part1中指示每个基矢量相对于第一个基矢量的状态信息为以下之一：
1)N1方向基矢量序号相同，或者，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{0}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
2)N2方向基矢量序号相同，或者，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}；以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{0}；
3)N1方向正交且N1方向基矢量序号不同，或者，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{0,1,2,…,(N2O2-1)}；
4)N2方向正交且N2方向基矢量序号不同，或者，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{0,1,2,…,(N1O1-1)}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}。
可选的，当CSI part1中指示的RI值小于最大RI值时，CSI part1中用于指示状态信息的bit序列的长度，仍然按照最大RI值确定的基矢量数量确定。但是有效的状态信息数量是基于CSI part1中的RI的值确定的。例如：最大允许的RI值为8，即最多反馈状态信息的基矢量数量为3(第二个基矢量、第三个基矢量、第四个基矢量)，终端选择的RI为6，即终端反馈的有效的状态信息为第二个基矢量和第三个基矢量的状态。此时由于CSI part1是固定长度的，CSI part1中还可能存在第四个基矢量关联的bit序列。可选的，此时第四个基矢量关联的bit序列指示的状态信息可以为任意状态信息，也可以为全0序列或者全1序列。
对于CSI报告关联4个基矢量的情况，CSI part1中指示3个基矢量相对于第一个基矢量的状态信息，每个基矢量在CSI part1中用于指示状态信息的bit序列长度为2比特。在CSI part2中，最小的指示开销为3个基矢量均为N1方向基矢量序号相同，即可能为：3*(ceil(log2(N2-1)))，其中ceil表示向上取值。如果不采用上述方法，直接进行指示，不在CSI part1中指示状态信息，则CSI part2中需要指示每个基矢量是((N1-1)N2O2+(N2-1)N1O1)-(N1-1)*(N2-1)个与第一个基矢量正交的基矢量中的哪一个，需要ceil(log2((N1-1)N2O2+(N2-1)N1O1)-(N1-1)*(N2-1)))比特，明显较大。
示例4
在本示例中，如果存在第二个基矢量，终端反馈的CSI part1中指示第二个基矢量的状态信息为以下之一：
1)相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号相同，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{0}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
2)相对于第一个基矢量，N2方向基矢量序号相同，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}；以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{0}；
3)相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向正交且N1方向基矢量序号不同，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{0,1,2,…,(N2O2-1)}；
4)相对于第一个基矢量，N2方向正交且N2方向基矢量序号不同，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{0,1,2,…,(N1O1-1)}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
如果存在第三个基矢量，终端反馈的CSI part1中指示第三个基矢量的状态信息为以下之一：
1)相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号相同，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{0}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
2)相对于第一个基矢量，N2方向基矢量序号相同，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}；以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{0}；
3)相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向正交且N1方向基矢量序号不同，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{0,1,2,…,(N2O2-1)}；
4)相对于第一个基矢量，N2方向正交且N2方向基矢量序号不同，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{0,1,2,…,(N1O1-1)}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
5)相对于第二个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号相同，或者，相对于第二个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{0}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
6)相对于第二个基矢量，N2方向基矢量序号相同，或者，相对于第二个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}；以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{0}；
如果存在第四个基矢量，终端反馈的CSI part1中指示第四个基矢量的状态信息为以下之一：
1)相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号相同，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{0}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
2)相对于第一个基矢量，N2方向基矢量序号相同，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}；以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{0}；
3)相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向正交且N1方向基矢量序号不同，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{0,1,2,…,(N2O2-1)}；
4)相对于第一个基矢量，N2方向正交且N2方向基矢量序号不同，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{0,1,2,…,(N1O1-1)}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
5)相对于第二个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号相同，或者，相对于第二个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{0}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
6)相对于第二个基矢量，N2方向基矢量序号相同，或者，相对于第二个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}；以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{0}；
7)相对于第三个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号相同，或者，相对于第三个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{0}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
8)相对于第三个基矢量，N2方向基矢量序号相同，或者，相对于第三个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}；以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{0}；
如果存在第五个基矢量、第六个基矢量等等，以此类推增加相应的状态。
可选的，当CSI part1中指示的RI值小于最大RI值时，CSI part1中用于指示状态信息的bit序列的长度，仍然按照最大RI值确定的基矢量数量确定。但是有效的状态信息数量是基于CSI part1中的RI的值确定的。例如：最大允许的RI值为8，即最多反馈状态的基矢量数量为3(第二个基矢量、第三个基矢量、第四个基矢量)，终端选择的RI为6，即终端反馈的有效的状态信息为第二个基矢量和第三个基矢量的状态信息。此时由于CSI part1是固定长度的，CSI part1中还可能存在第四个基矢量关联的bit序列。可选的，此时第四个基矢量关联的bit序列指示的状态信息可以为任意状态信息，也可以为全0序列或者全1序列。
对于CSI报告关联4个基矢量的情况，CSI part1中，第二个基矢量用于指示状态信息示的bit序列长度为2比特，第三个基矢量用于指示状态信息的bit序列长度为3比特，第四个基矢量用于指示状态信息的bit序列长度为3比特。在CSI part2中，最小的指示开销为3个基矢量均为N1方向基矢量序号相同，即可能为：3*(ceil(log2(N2-1)))，其中ceil表示向上取值。相比于示例3，由于第三个基矢量引入了相对于第二个基矢量的状态信息，以及第四个基矢量引入了相对于第二个基矢量和第三个基矢量的状态信息，出现N1方向或者N2方向基矢量序号相同的状态的概率更加大，更加容易出现最小的指示开销的情况。因此，节省开销的概率增加，或者更加容易节省开销。
示例5
在本示例中，终端反馈的CSI part1中指示除第一个基矢量外的所有基矢量的状态信息的一种组合(即终端反馈1个状态信息指示所有基矢量的状态)，所述所有基矢量为网络侧设备指示的最大RI值对应的基矢量数量减去1或者基于网络侧设备指示的最大RI值确定。当最大RI值为7或者8时，共4个基矢量，则每个组合包括{第二个基矢量的状态，第三个基矢量的状态，第四个基矢量的状态}。当最大RI值为5或者6时，共3个基矢量，则每个组合包括{第二个基矢量的状态，第三个基矢量的状态}。
对于组合中的每个基矢量的状态，从以下状态中选择1个状态：
1)相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向正交，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1,2,…,(N2O2-1)}(或者{1,2,…,(N2O2-1)}且不包括{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2})；
2)相对于第一个基矢量，N2方向正交，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1,2,…,(N1O1-1)}(或者{1,2,…,(N1O1-1)}且不包括{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1})以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
3)相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向和N2方向均正交，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
4)当前基矢量不存在。
或者，类似于示例2，对于组合中的第二个基矢量的状态，从以下状态中选择1个状态：
1)与第一个基矢量N1方向正交，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1,2,…,(N2O2-1)}(或者{1,2,…,(N2O2-1)}且不包括{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2})；
2)与第一个基矢量N2方向正交，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1,2,…,(N1O1-1)}(或者{1,2,…,(N1O1-1)}且不包括{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1})以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
3)与第一个基矢量N1方向和N2方向均正交，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
4)当前基矢量不存在。
对于组合中的第三个基矢量的状态，从以下状态中选择1个状态：
1)与第一个基矢量N1方向正交，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1,2,…,(N2O2-1)}(或者{1,2,…,(N2O2-1)}且不包括{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2})；
2)与第一个基矢量N2方向正交，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1,2,…,(N1O1-1)}(或者{1,2,…,(N1O1-1)}且不包括{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1})以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
3)与第一个基矢量N1方向和N2方向均正交，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
4)与第二个基矢量N1方向和N2方向均正交，或者，相对于第二个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
5)当前基矢量不存在。
对于组合中的第四个基矢量的状态，从以下状态中选择1个状态：
1)与第一个基矢量N1方向正交，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1,2,…,(N2O2-1)}(或者{1,2,…,(N2O2-1)}且不包括{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2})；
2)与第一个基矢量N2方向正交，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1,2,…,(N1O1-1)}(或者{1,2,…,(N1O1-1)}且不包括{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1})以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
3)与第一个基矢量N1方向和N2方向均正交，或者，相对于第一个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
4)与第二个基矢量N1方向和N2方向均正交，或者，相对于第二个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
5)与第三个基矢量N1方向和N2方向均正交，或者，相对于第三个基矢量，N1方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}以及N2方向基矢量序号偏移量的取值范围为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}；
6)当前基矢量不存在。
或者，类似于示例3和示例4，区别在于，CSI part1中反馈的或者指示的为各个基矢量的状态的组合，可选的，对于某个基矢量可能会增加一种状态为当前基矢量不存在，而示例3和示例4中为每个基矢量独立指示。
可选的，对于某个基矢量不一定会增加一种状态为当前基矢量不存在。即上述“当前基矢量不存在”这种状态可能不存在。
可选地，第二个基矢量不存在一种状态为第二个基矢量不存在，第三个基矢量不存在一种状态为第三个基矢量不存在。即，每个状态的组合中，均不存在第二个基矢量不存在以及第三个基矢量不存在。
可选地，不包括一种组合表示所有基矢量均不存在。
在一些实施例中，所述M个指示信息包括：M个基矢量偏移量组指示，其中，M等于N。在这些实施例中，终端反馈N(N大于或等于1)个基矢量偏移量组指示，所述N个基矢量偏移量组指示用于确定N个基矢量关联的基矢量指示或者基矢量偏移量指示的payload size。
在上述实施例中，通过先指示基矢量偏移量组，再指示组内的基矢量偏移量，当不同基矢量偏移量组中包括的基矢量偏移量数量不同时，可以避免终端需要按照最大基矢量偏移量组来确定基矢量指示开销，进一步可以减少基矢量偏移量指示开销。
在上述实施例中，可选的，每个所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的负载大小为以下之一：
比特；
比特；
其中，N1为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的水平维度的向量长度，N2为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的垂直维度的向量长度。
可选的，所述N个基矢量中的任意一个基矢量关联的基矢量指示或者基矢量偏移量指示的负载大小为以下之一：
比特；
比特；
比特；
比特；
比特；
比特；
比特；
比特；
其中，O1为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的水平维度的过采样因子，O2为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的垂直维度的过采样因子。
其中，所述基矢量偏移量关联一个参考基矢量。
可选的，所述N(N大于或等于1)个基矢量偏移量组指示可以位于CSI part1中，N个基矢量指示或者基矢量偏移量指示可以位于CSI part2中。
在上述实施例中，通过先指示基矢量偏移量组，再指示组内的基矢量偏移量，当不同基矢量偏移量组中包括的基矢量偏移量数量不同时，可以避免终端需要按照最大基矢量偏移量组来确定基矢量指示开销，进一步可以减少基矢量偏移量指示开销。
在一些实施例中，该方法还可以包括：所述终端确定信道状态信息报告和预编码矩阵指示中的至少之一关联的N个基矢量，其中，所述N个基矢量满足以下之一：
仅第二维度是正交的；
所有维度均是正交的；
至少一个维度是正交的；
其中，所述第二维度为基矢量关联的多个维度中的一个维度。
其中，对于2维的空域基矢量，可以理解为：第二维度为N1方向关联的维度或者N2方向关联的维度，或者第二维度为水平维度或者垂直维度，或者第二维度为基矢量vl,m中参数l关联的维度或者参数m关联的维度。
其中，所述所有维度为基矢量关联的多个维度中的所有维度。
其中，所述至少一个维度是正交的，可以理解为，多个维度中至少一个维度是正交的。
对于所述第二维度是正交的或者一个维度是正交的，可以理解为：如果两个基矢量的第一维度上是正交的，表示在该维度上，基矢量索引属于同一个正交的基矢量索引组，或者在该维度上，基矢量索引差为O1或者O2的整数倍，其中O1和O2表示N1方向和N2方向的过采样因子。
例如，对于2个2维的基矢量和其中m1∈{0,1,2,…,N2*O2-1}，m2∈{0,1,2,…,N2*O2-1}，l1∈{0,1,2,…,N1*O1-1},l2∈{0,1,2,…,N1*O1-1}。如果在N1维度正交，则表示l1-l2的取值范围可能为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}，如果在N2维度正交，则表示m1-m2的取值范围可能为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}。如果在N1维度正交，且N2维度正交，则表示l1-l2的取值范围可能为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}且m1-m2的取值范围可能为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}。
又例如，对于2个2维的基矢量和其中m1∈{0,1,2,…,N2*O2-1}，m2∈{0,1,2,…,N2*O2-1}，l1∈{0,1,2,…,N1*O1-1},l2∈{0,1,2,…,N1*O1-1}。如果在N1维度正交，则表示l1-l2的取值范围可能为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}，且m1-m2的取值范围可能为{0,1,2,…,N2*O2-1}。或者，m1-m2的取值范围可能为{0,1,2,…,N2*O2-1}且不包括{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}。
又例如，对于2个2维的基矢量和其中m1∈{0,1,2,…,N2*O2-1}，m2∈{0,1,2,…,N2*O2-1}，l1∈{0,1,2,…,N1*O1-1},l2∈{0,1,2,…,N1*O1-1}。如果在N2维度正交，则表示m1-m2的取值范围可能为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}。且l1-l2的取值范围可能为{0,1,2,…,N1*O1-1}或者{0,1,2,…,N1*O1-1}且不包括{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}。
上述实施例中，通过引入基矢量之间的关系，使得终端在多个正交组中选择基矢量时，仍然保证选择的基矢量是正交的。
可选的，在CSI报告或者PMI关联的至少2个基矢量的情况下，所述至少2个基矢量关联至少2个基矢量组，其中，每个基矢量组中的至少2个基矢量满足以下一种情况：
a)仅第二维度是正交的；
b)所有维度均是正交的；
c)至少一个维度是正交的。
其中，终端可以基于协议约定或者网络信令指示，确定所述至少2个基矢量关联至少2个基矢量组。
例如，PMI关联的至少2个基矢量可以分为至少2个基矢量组，则只需要保证每个基矢量组中的至少2个基矢量是正交的即可。或者只需要保证存在2个及2个以上基矢量的基矢量组中的基矢量是正交的即可。
基于同一技术构思，本申请实施例还提供了另一种基矢量指示方法，该方法由网络侧设备执行。
需要说明的是，下面实施例只对网络侧设备的操作进行说明，其它未尽事宜，可以参考上述关于方法200的相关描述。
图3示出本申请实施例提供的基矢量指示方法的另一种流程示意图，该方法300可以由网络侧设备执行。换言之，所述方法可以由安装在网络侧设备上的软件或硬件来执行。如图3所示，该方法主要包括以下步骤。
S310，网络侧设备接收终端反馈的M个指示信息和N个第一基矢量信息，所述N个第一基矢量信息中的每个第一基矢量信息关联N个基矢量，所述第一基矢量信息包括以下至少之一：基矢量指示、基矢量偏移量指示，所述指示信息用于确定N个所述第一基矢量信息的负载大小。
其中，M为大于0的整数，N为大于0的整数；
S312，所述网络侧设备基于所述M个指示信息确定N个所述第一基矢量信息的负载大小。
S314，所述网络侧设备基于确定的所述负载大小，解析N个基矢量关联的N个第一基矢量信息。
在本申请实施例中，终端可以独立反馈所述M个指示信息和N个所述第一基矢量信息，可选的，终端可以先反馈M个指示信息，再反馈N个第一基矢量信息，例如，终端可以在CSI part1中反馈M个指示信息，在CSI part2中反馈N个第一基矢量信息，网络侧设备基于确定的基矢量指示或基矢量偏移量指示的负载大小(payload size)确定N个基矢量或者基矢量偏移量关联的比特序列，基于比特序列确定N个基矢量或者确定N个基矢量偏移量，确定PMI或者CSI关联的所有基矢量。由于M个指示信息指示了N个第一基矢量信息的负载大小，因此，终端无需按照最大的负载大小假设向网络侧设备指示基矢量指示或基矢量偏移量指示，从而可以节约基矢量指示的开销。
在一些实施例中，所述M个指示信息包括：M个状态信息，所述M个状态信息用于指示以下至少之一：
第一基矢量与第二基矢量之间的关系；
所述N个第一基矢量信息中是否存在第三基矢量关联的第一基矢量信息；
其中，所述第一基矢量为以下之一：预定义的一个基矢量、所述N个基矢量中的一个基矢量、所述终端指示的一个基矢量；所述第二基矢量为与所述第一基矢量正交的基矢量；所述第三基矢量为与所述第一基矢量和所述第二基矢量中的之一正交的基矢量。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一基矢量与第二基矢量之间的关系可以包括：所述第一基矢量关联的第一基矢量序号与所述第二基矢量关联的第二基矢量序号之间的关系。
在一些实施方式中，所述第一基矢量与第二基矢量之间的关系可以包括以下至少之一：
1)所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量位于相同的目标基矢量组，所述目标基矢量组包括以下之一：协议约定的一个基矢量组、网络侧设备指示的一个基矢量组；
2)所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量位于不同的目标基矢量组；
3)所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量基于第一维度正交；
4)所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量基于第一维度不正交；
5)所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量在第一维度上的基矢量索引相同；
6)所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量在第一维度上的基矢量索引不相同；
7)所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量基于基矢量关联的所有维度正交；
其中，所述第一维度为基矢量关联的多个维度中的一个维度。
在一些实施方式中，多个不同的所述状态信息关联的第一基矢量信息的负载大小不完全相同，例如，至少部分不相同，或者完全不相同。
在一些实施例，所述M个指示信息可以包括：M个基矢量偏移量组指示，其中，M等于N；每个所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的负载大小为以下之一：
比特；
比特；
其中，N1为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的水平维度的向量长度，N2为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的垂直维度的向量长度。
在一些实施方式中，所述N个基矢量中的任意一个基矢量关联的第一基矢量信息的负载大小可以为以下之一：
比特；
比特；
比特；
比特；
比特；
比特；
比特；
比特；
其中，O1为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的水平维度的过采样因子，O2为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的垂直维度的过采样因子。
通过本申请实施例提供的技术方案，终端向网络侧设备反馈M个指示信息和N个所述第一基矢量信息，通过所述指示信息可以确定N个所述第一基矢量信息的负载大小，从而使得终端可以按照实际需要，确定基矢量指示或基矢量偏移量指示的负载大小，而无需按照最大的基矢量指示或基矢量偏移量指示进行基矢量的指示，从而节约了基矢量指示的开销。
实施例二
图4示出本申请实施例提供的基矢量指示方法的一种流程图，该方法400可以由终端执行。换言之，所述方法可以由安装在终端上的软件或硬件来执行。如图4所示，该方法主要包括以下步骤。
S410，终端基于至少一个参考基矢量，确定至少一个基矢量关联的至少一个第二基矢量信息，其中，所述第二基矢量信息包括以下之一：基矢量偏移量、基矢量索引。
在本申请实施例中，一个基矢量关联一个第二基矢量信息。
在一个可选的实现方式中，所述终端可以基于协议约定或网络侧设备的指示，确定所述终端向网络侧设备指示的至少一个参考基矢量，再基于所述至少一个参考基矢量，确定至少一个基矢量偏移量或者至少一个基矢量索引。
在本申请实施例中，通过一个参考基矢量和一个基矢量偏移量可以确定一个除参考基矢量外的基矢量，其中所述一个基矢量偏移量可以关联多个维度的基矢量序号偏移量也可以仅关联一个维度的基矢量序号偏移量。
或者，在本申请实施例中，通过一个参考基矢量和一个基矢量索引可以确定一个除参考基矢量外的基矢量，其中所述一个基矢量索引可以关联多个维度的基矢量索引也可以仅关联一个维度的基矢量索引。
S412，所述终端基于每个所述第二基矢量信息关联的目标参数的取值，确定每个所述第二基矢量信息的目标映射规则，其中，多个不同的取值的所述目标参数对应的目标映射规则不完全相同。
在本申请实施例中，多个不同的取值的所述目标参数对应的目标映射规则不完全相同可以是多个不同的取值的所述目标参数对应的目标映射规则中至少有部分目标映射规则是不相同的，也可以是多个不同的取值的所述目标参数对应的目标映射规则两两完全不相同。也可以理解为协议约定多个目标映射规则，不同目标映射规则关联的所述目标参数的取值不同或者取值范围不同。
在一个可选的实现方式中，所述目标参数包括以下至少之一：
1)n1∈{0,1,…,N1-1}，其中，N1可以为网络信令指示的一个正整数，用于确定码本关联的基矢量的长度和基矢量的元素的相位，N1可以理解为水平方向的端口数，或者水平方向的基矢量长度。n1可以理解为N1方向的一个正交基矢量组内的基矢量索引或者水平方向的一个正交基矢量组内的基矢量索引；
2)n2∈{0,1,…,N2-1}，N2为网络信令指示的一个正整数，用于确定码本关联的基矢量的长度和基矢量的元素的相位，N2可以理解为垂直方向的端口数，或者垂直方向的基矢量长度。n2可以理解为N2方向的一个正交基矢量组内的基矢量索引或者垂直方向的一个正交基矢量组内的基矢量索引；
3)o1∈{0,1,…,O1-1}，O1可以网络信令指示或者协议约定的一个正整数，用于确定码本关联的基矢量的元素的相位，O1可以理解为N1方向的过采样因子或者水平方向的过采样因子，o1表示N1方向正交基矢量组索引或者水平方向正交基矢量组索引；
4)o2∈{0,1,…,O2-1}，O2可以网络信令指示或者协议约定的一个正整数，用于确定码本关联的基矢量的元素的相位，O2可以理解为N2方向的过采样因子或者垂直方向的过采样因子，o2表示N2方向正交基矢量组索引或者垂直方向正交基矢量组索引；
5)l∈{0,1,…,O1*N1-1}，l可以理解为N1方向的基矢量索引或者水平方向的基矢量索引；
6)m∈{0,1,…,O2*N2-1}，m可以理解为N2方向的基矢量索引或者垂直方向的基矢量索引。
S414，所述终端基于每个所述第二基矢量信息的所述目标映射规则，将所述第二基矢量信息映射到正整数集合中的一个正整数。
可选的，所述正整数集合中的正整数可以为连续的正整数。
S416，所述终端向网络侧设备指示每个所述第二基矢量信息所映射的正整数。
在本申请实施例提供的一些实施方式中，终端可以向网络侧设备指示一个参考基矢量。终端可以基于一个参考基矢量确定至少一个基矢量偏移量或者基矢量索引。进一步，终端可以向网络侧设备指示至少一个基矢量偏移量或基矢量索引，可选的，终端可以通过上述S412至S416指示所述至少一个基矢量偏移量或基矢量索引。
在本申请实施例的另一些实施方式中，终端可以向网络侧设备指示多个参考基矢量。终端可以基于所述多个参考基矢量确定至少一个基矢量关联的至少一个基矢量偏移量或者基矢量索引，可选的，终端可以通过上述S412至S416向网络侧设备指示至少一个基矢量偏移量或者基矢量索引。可选的，所述至少一个基矢量偏移量或者基矢量索引关联所述多个参考基矢量，可以理解为每个参考基矢量均关联至少一个基矢量偏移量或者基矢量索引中的至少部分偏移量或者基矢量。可选的，所述至少一个基矢量偏移量或者基矢量索引仅关联多个参考基矢量中的部分参考基矢量，可以理解为多个参考基矢量中存在参考基矢量不关联任何的基矢量偏移量或者基矢量索引。
可选的，终端基于协议约定或者网络侧设备指示，确定终端所述终端至少一个参考基矢量，基于所述至少一个参考基矢量，确定所述至少一个第二基矢量信息。
可选的，终端基于协议约定或网络侧设备的指示确定上述至少一个参考基矢量之后，可以向网络侧设备指示所述至少一个参考基矢量。例如，协议约定当RI为特定值时，终端向网络侧设备指示多个参考基矢量。
在本申请实施例中，通过所述一个参考基矢量和一个基矢量偏移量或者基矢量索引用于确定一个除参考基矢量外的基矢量。
在本申请实施例中，终端向网络侧设备指示至少一个基矢量偏移量或者基矢量索引可以包括：
步骤1，终端基于每个基矢量偏移量或者基矢量索引关联的目标参数的值确定目标映射规则；
步骤2，终端基于每个基矢量偏移量或者基矢量关联的目标映射规则确定一个bit序列；
步骤3，终端将所述bit序列通过上行信道反馈给网络侧设备。
其中，所述目标映射规则可以为一种一对一映射的方式，将一个关联目标参数的基矢量偏移量或基矢量索引映射到正整数集合中的一个正整数，不同的基矢量偏移量或者基矢量索引映射到正整数集合中的不同的正整数。
可选的，可能存在关联特定的目标参数的基矢量偏移量或者基矢量索引映射到正整数集合中的2个正整数或者多个正整数。例如：当基矢量偏移量或者基矢量索引关联的基矢量与参考基矢量在水平维度和垂直维度均正交时，可能会出现所述基矢量偏移量或者基矢量索引映射到正整数集合中的2个正整数。
可选的，不同基矢量偏移量或者基矢量索引确定的目标映射规则可能是不同的。可以理解为：由于不同的基矢量偏移量或者基矢量索引关联的目标参数值可能不同，因此确定的目标映射规则可能是不同的。
通过本申请实施例提供的技术方案，通过设置多种映射规则，可以将取值范围不连续的基矢量偏移量或者基矢量索引映射到一个取值范围的正整数集合中，或者将取值不连续的2维的基矢量偏移量或者基矢量索引映射到一个取值范围的一维的正整数集合中，可以避免以下情况：
如果按照一种映射规则将取值范围不连续的基矢量偏移量或者基矢量索引映射到一个取值范围的正整数集合中时，可能出现所述一串连续的整数的中间存在很多的整数不关联任何的基矢量偏移量或者基矢量索引，进一步导致终端向网络侧设备指示基矢量偏移量的开销较大。
例如，映射规则可以为：
如果N1方向基矢量偏移量l∈{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}，N2方向基矢量偏移量m∈{0,1,…,O2*N2-1}，则基矢量偏移量映射的正整数k为：
如果N1方向基矢量偏移量l∈{0,1,…,O1*N1-1}，N2方向基矢量偏移量m∈{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}，则基矢量偏移量映射的正整数k为：
又例如，映射规则可以为：
如果N1方向基矢量偏移量l∈{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}，N2方向基矢量偏移量m∈{0,1,…,O2*N2-1}，则基矢量偏移量映射的正整数k为：
如果N1方向基矢量偏移量l∈{0,1,…,O1*N1-1}且不包括{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}，N2方向基矢量偏移量m∈{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}，则基矢量偏移量映射的正整数k为：
又例如，映射规则可以为：
如果N1方向基矢量偏移量l∈{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}，N2方向基矢量偏移量m∈{0,1,…,O2*N2-1}且不包括{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}，则基矢量偏移量映射的正整数k为：
如果N1方向基矢量偏移量l∈{0,1,…,O1*N1-1}，N2方向基矢量偏移量m∈{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}，则基矢量偏移量映射的正整数k为：
在一个可选的实现方式中，所述至少一个基矢量的数量可以大于或等于2，在这种情况下，该方法还可以包括：所述终端确定信道状态信息报告和预编码矩阵指示中的至少之一关联的多个基矢量，其中，所述多个基矢量满足以下之一：
仅第三维度是正交的；
所有维度均是正交的；
至少一个维度是正交的；
其中，所述第三维度为基矢量关联的多个维度中的一个维度。
其中，对于2维的空域基矢量，可以理解为：第三维度为N1方向关联的维度或者N2方向关联的维度，或者第三维度为水平维度或者垂直维度，或者第三维度为基矢量vl,m中参数l关联的维度或者参数m关联的维度。
其中，所述所有维度为基矢量关联的多个维度中的所有维度。
其中，所述至少一个维度是正交的，可以理解为，多个维度中至少一个维度是正交的。
对于所述第三维度是正交的或者一个维度是正交的，可以理解为：如果两个基矢量的第三维度上是正交的，表示在该维度上，基矢量索引属于同一个正交的基矢量索引组，或者在该维度上，基矢量索引差为O1或者O2的整数倍，其中O1和O2表示N1方向和N2方向的过采样因子。
例如，对于2个2维的基矢量和其中m1∈{0,1,2,…,N2*O2-1}，m2∈{0,1,2,…,N2*O2-1}，l1∈{0,1,2,…,N1*O1-1},l2∈{0,1,2,…,N1*O1-1}。如果在N1维度正交，则表示l1-l2的取值范围可能为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}，如果在N2维度正交，则表示m1-m2的取值范围可能为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}。如果在N1维度正交，且N2维度正交，则表示l1-l2的取值范围可能为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}且m1-m2的取值范围可能为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}。
又例如，对于2个2维的基矢量和其中m1∈{0,1,2,…,N2*O2-1}，m2∈{0,1,2,…,N2*O2-1}，l1∈{0,1,2,…,N1*O1-1}，l2∈{0,1,2,…,N1*O1-1}。如果在N1维度正交，则表示l1-l2的取值范围可能为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}，且m1-m2的取值范围可能为{0,1,2,…,N2*O2-1}。或者，m1-m2的取值范围可能为{0,1,2,…,N2*O2-1}且不包括{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}。
又例如，对于2个2维的基矢量和其中m1∈{0,1,2,…,N2*O2-1}，m2∈{0,1,2,…,N2*O2-1}，l1∈{0,1,2,…,N1*O1-1},l2∈{0,1,2,…,N1*O1-1}。如果在N2维度正交，则表示m1-m2的取值范围可能为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}。且l1-l2的取值范围可能为{0,1,2,…,N1*O1-1}或者{0,1,2,…,N1*O1-1}且不包括{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}。
上述实施例中，通过引入基矢量之间的关系，使得终端在多个正交组中选择基矢量时，仍然保证选择的基矢量是正交的。
可选的，在CSI报告或者PMI关联的至少2个基矢量的情况下，所述至少2个基矢量关联至少2个基矢量组，其中，每个基矢量组中的至少2个基矢量满足以下一种情况：
a)仅第三维度是正交的；
b)所有维度均是正交的；
c)至少一个维度是正交的。
其中，终端可以基于协议约定或者网络信令指示，确定所述至少2个基矢量关联至少2个基矢量组。
例如，PMI关联的至少2个基矢量可以分为至少2个基矢量组，则只需要保证每个基矢量组中的至少2个基矢量是正交的即可。或者只需要保证存在2个及2个以上基矢量的基矢量组中的基矢量是正交的即可。
基于同一技术构思，本申请实施例还提供了另一种基矢量指示方法，该方法由网络侧设备执行。
需要说明的是，下面实施例只对网络侧设备的操作进行说明，其它未尽事宜，可以参考上述关于方法300的相关描述。
图5示出本申请实施例提供的基矢量指示方法的一种流程图，该方法500可以由网络侧设备执行。换言之，所述方法可以由安装在网络侧设备上的软件或硬件来执行。如图5所示，该方法主要包括以下步骤。
S510，网络侧设备接收终端指示每个第二基矢量信息所映射的正整数，其中，所述第二基矢量信息包括以下之一：基矢量偏移量、基矢量索引；
在本申请实施例中，每个第二基矢量信息关联一个基矢量。
S512，所述网络侧设备基于终端指示的正整数，确定每个所述第二基矢量信息的目标映射规则，其中，多个不同的正整数对应的目标映射规则不完全相同。
在本申请实施例中，网络侧设备可以确定每个目标映射规则关联的正整数或者正整数的范围，进一步基于每个第二基矢量信息所映射的正整数确定对应的每个目标映射规则。
S514，所述网络侧设备基于每个所述第二基矢量信息关联的所述目标映射规则和关联的所述正整数，获取每个所述正整数映射的第二基矢量信息。
在一个可选的方式中，所述方法还可以包括：
步骤1，所述网络侧设备接收所述终端指示的至少一个参考基矢量；
步骤2，所述网络侧设备基于所述至少一个参考基矢量和每个所述正整数映射的第二基矢量信息，获取每个第二基矢量信息关联的基矢量。
在一个可选的实现方式中，所述目标参数包括以下至少之一：
1)n1∈{0,1,…,N1-1}，其中，N1为水平方向的基矢量长度，n1为水平方向的一个正交基矢量组内的基矢量索引；
2)n2∈{0,1,…,N2-1}，N2为垂直方向的基矢量长度，n2为垂直方向的一个正交基矢量组内的基矢量索引；
3)o1∈{0,1,…,O1-1}，O1为水平方向的过采样因子，o1为水平方向正交基矢量组索引；
4)o2∈{0,1,…,O2-1}，O2为垂直方向的过采样因子，o2为垂直方向正交基矢量组索引；
5)l∈{0,1,…,O1*N1-1}，l为水平方向的基矢量索引；
6)m∈{0,1,…,O2*N2-1}，m为垂直方向的基矢量索引。
通过本申请实施例提供的技术方案，可以将取值范围不连续的基矢量偏移量或者基矢量索引映射到一个取值范围的正整数集合中，或者将取值不连续的2维的基矢量偏移量或者基矢量索引映射到一个取值范围的一维的正整数集合中，从而可以避免一串连续的整数的中间存在很多的整数不关联任何的基矢量偏移量或者基矢量索引，而导致基矢量指示开销较大的问题。
实施例三
图6示出本申请实施例提供的基矢量指示方法的一种流程示意图，该方法600可以由终端执行。换言之，所述方法可以由安装在终端上的软件或硬件来执行。如图6所示，该方法主要包括以下步骤。
S610，终端确定待反馈的N个基矢量，其中，N为大于1的整数。
在本申请实施例中，终端可以基于对参考信号的测量，确定待反馈的N个基矢量。
S612，所述终端向网络侧设备反馈N个基矢量组指示和一个基矢量指示，其中，所述N个基矢量组指示的每个基矢量组指示用于指示一个所述基矢量所属的基矢量组，所述基矢量指示用于指示所述N个基矢量中每个基矢量在基矢量组内的局部索引，每个所述基矢量组中的基矢量是相互正交的。
在本申请实施例中，所述N个基矢量组以及N个基矢量的局部索引可以确定N个基矢量的全局索引。所述一个基矢量的局部索引指的是一个基矢量在其关联的基矢量组中的索引。所述一个基矢量的全局索引指的是一个基矢量在所有基矢量组中的索引。
在本申请实施例中，N个基矢量组指示和一个基矢量指示可以独立反馈，终端可以先反馈N个基矢量组指示，后反馈一个基矢量指示。例如，终端在CSI part1中反馈N个基矢量组指示，在CSI part2中反馈所述一个基矢量指示。又例如：终端在CSI part2中先反馈N个基矢量组指示，再反馈所述一个基矢量指示。
在本申请实施例中，终端反馈N个基矢量组指示的顺序为：按照每个基矢量组关联的基矢量在基矢量组中的局部索引从小到大的顺序反馈N个基矢量组指示，或者，按照每个基矢量组关联的基矢量在基矢量组中的局部索引从大到小的顺序反馈N个基矢量组指示。例如：基矢量组1关联基矢量1的局部索引是0，基矢量组2关联基矢量2的局部索引是2，基矢量组3关联基矢量3的局部索引是1，则基矢量组的指示顺序为基矢量组1、基矢量组3、基矢量组2。
在本申请实施例中，终端指示N个基矢量组和一个基矢量指示让网络侧设备确定N个基矢量。由于一个基矢量指示是N个基矢量的局部索引进行联合编码的，相比于N个基矢量独立的指示给网络侧设备的情况，可以降低N个基矢量的局部索引的指示开销。
另外，相关技术中只能从一个2维正交的候选基矢量组中指示选择的基矢量(所述2维正交表示基矢量组中的任意2个基矢量在所有维度上均是正交的或者一个维度相同另一个维度正交)，不能支持从一个1维正交的候选基矢量组中指示选择的基矢量(所述1维正交表示基矢量组中任意1个基矢量与一个参考基矢量在至少一个维度方向上是正交的，可能在某个维度上不正交)，然而在本申请实施例提供的技术方案中，终端向网络侧设备指示N个基矢量的基矢量组，因此，终端可以从一个基矢量组中选择多个基矢量，提高了基矢量指示的灵活性。
在一些实施方式中，所述基矢量指示关联一个组合数，所述组合数用于指示所述N个基矢量中每个基矢量在基矢量组中的局部索引。
对于终端反馈N(N大于或等于1)个基矢量组指示用于确定N个基矢量组，可选的，所述N的取值基于终端向网络侧设备指示的RI的取值确定，或者终端在CSI part1中显式或者隐式向网络侧设备指示的N的取值。
在一些实施方式中，终端可以从多个正交的基矢量组选择N个基矢量组，从所述N个基矢量组中的每个基矢量组确定一个待反馈的基矢量。
可选的，在上述实施方式中，终端还可以向网络侧设备指示选择的所述N个基矢量组。
例如，终端向网络反馈N个基矢量组，每个基矢量组中包括相互正交的N1*N2个基矢量。所述N个基矢量组为从O1*O2个基矢量组中选择的N个基矢量组。其中，N个基矢量组中可能存在至少部分基矢量组为相同的基矢量组，也可能每个基矢量组均为不相同的基矢量组，也可能所有基矢量组均为相同的基矢量组。
例如，在图7中，N1＝4，O1＝4，N2＝2，O2＝4，则N1方向共计N1*O1＝16个基矢量索引，可以理解为：基矢量索引li∈{0,1,…,15}。N2方向共计N2*O2＝8个基矢量索引，可以理解为：mi∈{0,1,…,7}。共计可以划分为O1*O2＝16个基矢量组，图中相同填充图案的为一个基矢量组中的基矢量，不同填充图案为不同的基矢量组。每个基矢组中包括N1*N2＝8个互相正交的基矢量。上述的方式(终端向网络侧设备反馈N个基矢量组，每个基矢量组中包括相互正交的N1*N2个基矢量。所述N个基矢量组为从O1*O2个基矢量组中选择的N个基矢量组。)中，终端向网络侧设备反馈N个基矢量组指示，每个基矢量组指示用于指示16个基矢量组中的一个基矢量组。N个基矢量组指示中可能存在多个基矢量组指示所指示相同的基矢量组，可以理解为，每个基矢量组指示独立指示。
在另一些实施方式中，所述终端可以确定N个正交的基矢量，其中，每个所述基矢量关联多个正交的基矢量组中的一个基矢量组。可选的，终端还向网络侧设备反馈N个基矢量关联N个基矢量组。所述N个基矢量中的一个基矢量是从O1*O2个基矢量组中选择的1个基矢量组并在所述基矢量组中选择一个基矢量。所述N个基矢量中的剩余的N-1个基矢量组是从O1+O2-1个基矢量组中选择的N-1个基矢量，每个基矢量关联N-1个基矢量组中的一个基矢量组。其中N个基矢量组中可能存在至少部分基矢量组为相同的基矢量组，也可能每个基矢量组均为不相同的基矢量组，也可能所有基矢量组均为相同的基矢量组。
例如，在图7中，N1＝4，O1＝4，N2＝2，O2＝4，则N1方向共计N1*O1＝16个基矢量索引，可以理解为：基矢量索引li∈{0,1,…,15}。N2方向共计N2*O2＝8个基矢量索引，可以理解为：mi∈{0,1,…,7}。共计可以划分为O1*O2＝16个基矢量组，图中相同填充图案的为一个基矢量组中的基矢量，不同填充图案的为不同的基矢量组。每个基矢组中包括N1*N2＝8个互相正交的基矢量。假设终端向网络侧设备指示N个基矢量中的第一个基矢量为标记第一个波束(first beam的位置)(基矢量序号为(li＝0,mi＝4))，由于其余N-1个基矢量要与第一个基矢量正交，则N-1个基矢量的位置只能从图8中有填充图案的位置中选择。图8中有填充图案的基矢量组共计O1+O2-1个基矢量组。因此，所述N个基矢量中的一个基矢量是从O1*O2个基矢量组中选择的1个基矢量组(组1)并从这个基矢量组中选择一个基矢量(基矢量1)。所述N个基矢量中剩余的N-1个基矢量是从与组1关联的O1+O2-1个基矢量组中选择的N-1个基矢量(除基矢量1外)。可以理解为：这种方式基矢量组的指示开销要小于第一种指示方式(从O1*O2个基矢量组中选择的N个基矢量组)。
在本申请实施例中，对于终端反馈一个基矢量指示，所述基矢量指示可以关联一个组合数，所述组合数用于指示N个基矢量的局部索引。可以理解为所述基矢量指示关联的组合数通过N个基矢量的局部索引确定，所述每个基矢量的局部索引关联一个基矢量组。也可以理解为：每个基矢量组关联一个基矢量的局部索引。
在一些可选的实施方式中，终端确定N个基矢量组以及每个基矢量组中的一个基矢量，N个基矢量组中可能存在部分基矢量组是相同的基矢量组。对于每个基矢量组，包括N1*N2个正交的基矢量，对于每个基矢量组关联的一个基矢量，其关联的局部索引为集合{0,1,…,N1*N2-1}中的一个值。所有基矢量关联的局部索引的值为不同的。终端对于所有基矢量关联的局部索引进行排列，然后按照协议约定的映射规则或者函数规则确定一个组合数。网络侧设备接收到这个组合数后，进行解映射确定N个局部索引，进一步结合N个基矢量组指示，确定N个基矢量的全局索引。所述一个基矢量的局部索引指的是一个基矢量在其关联的基矢量组中的索引。所述一个基矢量的全局索引指的是一个基矢量在所有基矢量组中的索引。
在上述实施方式中，通过先指示基矢量组，再利用组合数进行联合编码来指示所有基矢量，避免每个基矢量独立指示，利用组合数的性质来可以减少基矢量偏移量指示开销。
可选的，终端向网络侧设备指示N个第一基矢量组指示的指示顺序与局部索引排序后的基矢量的顺序对应。例如，终端确定基矢量1(关联基矢量组1)、基矢量2(关联基矢量组2)、基矢量3(关联基矢量组3)，基于局部索引从小到大排序后的基矢量的顺序为：基矢量2、基矢量1、基矢量3。则终端向网络侧设备指示的3个基矢量组指示的顺序为：基矢量组2、基矢量组1、基矢量组3。也可以理解为，终端将N个基矢量组指示映射到上行控制信息(Uplink Control Information，UCI)时，从高位到低位，N个基矢量组对应的N个基矢量关联的局部索引是从小到大的或者从大到小的。
本申请实施例提供的上述实施方式适用于一个PMI关联N个正交的基矢量的情况，也适用于一个PMI的一个传输层关联N个正交的基矢量情况，也适用于一个PMI的一个频域子带(subband)或者一组频域子带(subband group)关联N个正交的基矢量的情况。可以理解为：对于一个PMI，如果确定M个正交的基矢量组，每个基矢量组中包括终端确定的Ni(i＝1,…,M)个正交的基矢量。则对于每个所述的正交的基矢量组，均可以使用上述的方式进行Ni个正交的基矢量的指示或者确定。可以理解为每个基矢量组独立进行Ni个正交的基矢量的指示，可选的，不同的基矢量组，Ni的取值不同。例如：一个PMI关联多个传输层，每个传输层关联N个正交的基矢量，那么对于每个传输层，终端指示N个基矢量组和一个组合数。
本申请实施例提供的上述实施方式也适用于终端确定待反馈的N个基矢量偏移量的情况。对于这种情况所述终端向网络侧设备反馈N个基矢量组指示和一个基矢量指示，其中，所述N个基矢量组指示可以直接确定N个基矢量偏移量关联的N个基矢量关联的基矢量组，也可以是N个基矢量组指示确定N个基矢量偏移量关联的N个基矢量关联的基矢量组偏移量，进一步基于一个参考基矢量组，确定N个基矢量关联的N个基矢量组。其中，所述一个基矢量指示用于指示所述N个基矢量偏移量中每个基矢量偏移量在基矢量组中的局部索引。所述N个基矢量组以及N个基矢量偏移量的局部索引可以确定N个基矢量偏移量的全局索引。所述一个基矢量偏移量的全局索引和一个参考基矢量可以确定一个与参考基矢量正交的基矢量。
在一个可选的实现方式中，该方法还可以包括：所述终端确定信道状态信息报告和预编码矩阵指示中的至少之一关联的多个基矢量，其中，所述多个基矢量满足以下之一：
仅第四维度是正交的；
所有维度均是正交的；
至少一个维度是正交的；
其中，所述第四维度为基矢量关联的多个维度中的一个维度。
其中，对于2维的空域基矢量，可以理解为：第四维度为N1方向关联的维度或者N2方向关联的维度，或者第四维度为水平维度或者垂直维度，或者第四维度为基矢量vl,m中参数l关联的维度或者参数m关联的维度。
其中，所述所有维度为基矢量关联的多个维度中的所有维度。
其中，所述至少一个维度是正交的，可以理解为，多个维度中至少一个维度是正交的。
对于所述第四维度是正交的或者一个维度是正交的，可以理解为：如果两个基矢量的第四维度上是正交的，表示在该维度上，基矢量索引属于同一个正交的基矢量索引组，或者在该维度上，基矢量索引差为O1或者O2的整数倍，其中O1和O2表示N1方向和N2方向的过采样因子。
例如，对于2个2维的基矢量和其中m1∈{0,1,2,…,N2*O2-1}，m2∈{0,1,2,…,N2*O2-1}，l1∈{0,1,2,…,N1*O1-1},l2∈{0,1,2,…,N1*O1-1}。如果在N1维度正交，则表示l1-l2的取值范围可能为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}，如果在N2维度正交，则表示m1-m2的取值范围可能为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}。如果在N1维度正交，且N2维度正交，则表示l1-l2的取值范围可能为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}且m1-m2的取值范围可能为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}。
又例如，对于2个2维的基矢量和其中m1∈{0,1,2,…,N2*O2-1}，m2∈{0,1,2,…,N2*O2-1}，l1∈{0,1,2,…,N1*O1-1},l2∈{0,1,2,…,N1*O1-1}。如果在N1维度正交，则表示l1-l2的取值范围可能为{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}，且m1-m2的取值范围可能为{0,1,2,…,N2*O2-1}。或者，m1-m2的取值范围可能为{0,1,2,…,N2*O2-1}且不包括{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}。
又例如，对于2个2维的基矢量和其中m1∈{0,1,2,…,N2*O2-1}，m2∈{0,1,2,…,N2*O2-1}，l1∈{0,1,2,…,N1*O1-1},l2∈{0,1,2,…,N1*O1-1}。如果在N2维度正交，则表示m1-m2的取值范围可能为{1*O2,2*O2,…,(N2-1)*O2}。且l1-l2的取值范围可能为{0,1,2,…,N1*O1-1}或者{0,1,2,…,N1*O1-1}且不包括{1*O1,2*O1,…,(N1-1)*O1}。
上述实施例中，通过引入基矢量之间的关系，使得终端在多个正交组中选择基矢量时，仍然保证选择的基矢量是正交的。
可选的，在CSI报告或者PMI关联的至少2个基矢量的情况下，所述至少2个基矢量关联至少2个基矢量组，其中，每个基矢量组中的至少2个基矢量满足以下一种情况：
a)仅第四维度是正交的；
b)所有维度均是正交的；
c)至少一个维度是正交的。
其中，终端可以基于协议约定或者网络信令指示，确定所述至少2个基矢量关联至少2个基矢量组。
例如，PMI关联的至少2个基矢量可以分为至少2个基矢量组，则只需要保证每个基矢量组中的至少2个基矢量是正交的即可。或者只需要保证存在2个及2个以上基矢量的基矢量组中的基矢量是正交的即可。
下面通过具体示例，对本申请实施例提供的技术方案进行说明。
一个PMI关联N个正交的基矢量，所述N个正交的基矢量，终端从N1*N2*O1*O2个基矢量中选择得到。所述N1*N2*O1*O2个基矢量由O1*O2个正交的基矢量组构成，每个正交的基矢量组中包括N1*N2个相互正交的基矢量。
对于终端选择的N个正交的基矢量，其在N1*N2*O1*O2个基矢量中的全局索引ni,i＝1,…N或者i＝0,…N-1可以表示为：
ni＝mi*O1*N1+li；或者，
ni＝li*O2*N2+mi。
其中，mi∈{0,1,…,O2*N2-1}，li∈{0,1,…,O1*N1-1}。
对于终端选择的N个正交的基矢量，每个基矢量来自一个包括N1*N2个相互正交的基矢量的基矢量组，即终端从O1*O2个正交的基矢量组中独立选择N个基矢量组(其中可能存在相同的基矢量组)，每个基矢量组中，终端确定一个基矢量。或者，终端确定N个正交的基矢量，每个基矢量关联O1*O2个正交的基矢量组中的一个基矢量组，N个基矢量中可能存在部分基矢量关联相同的基矢量组。对于N个基矢量中的每个基矢量在其关联的基矢组中的局部索引或者i＝0,…N-1可以表示为：
或者，
其中，
可选的，终端可以通过N个第一码本索引向网络侧设备指示N个选择的正交基矢量组的索引，每个第一码本索引关联2个值q1,q2，其中，q1∈{0,1,…,O1-1},q2∈{0,1,…,O2-1}，或者每个第一码本索引关联1个值q＝q1*O2+q2或者q＝q2*O1+q1。不同第一码本索引可能关联相同的q1,q2或者q。
进一步，终端通过1个第二码本索引(如：i1,2)向网络指示一个组合数，所述组合数通过N个基矢量的局部索引确定。确定方式如下：
对N个基矢量的局部索引或者进行排序，从小到大，获取新的局部索引为或者对于排序的局部索引，通过以下方式映射为第二码本索引。
或者
可选的，终端向网络指示N个第一码本索引的顺序可以与局部索引排序后的基矢量的顺序对应。即，新的局部索引或者中第一个值对应第一个或者最后一个第一码本索引，第二个值对应第二个或者倒数第二个第一码本索引，第三个值对应第三个或者倒数第三个第一码本索引，以此类推。
网络侧设备接收终端反馈的N个第一码本索引后，确定每个基矢量关联的基矢量组索引为:q1,i∈{0,1,…,O1-1}，q2,i∈{0,1,…,O2-1}，i＝1,…N或者i＝0,…N-1。网络设备接收终端反馈的1个第二码本索引，基于组合数解映射的方法，确定N个第一码本索引关联的N个基矢量的局部索引为：和
进一步，网络侧设备确定N个基矢量的全局索引为：
或者，
可选的，网络侧设备可以基于基矢量的全局索引确定终端反馈的基矢量。
基于同一技术构思，本申请实施例还提供了另一种基矢量指示方法，该方法由网络侧设备执行。
需要说明的是，下面实施例只对网络侧设备的操作进行说明，其它未尽事宜，可以参考上述关于方法600的相关描述。
图9示出本申请实施例提供的基矢量指示方法的一种流程图，该方法900可以由终端执行。换言之，所述方法可以由安装在终端上的软件或硬件来执行。如图9所示，该方法主要包括以下步骤。
S910，网络侧设备接收终端反馈的N个基矢量组指示和一个基矢量指示，其中，所述N个基矢量组指示的每个基矢量组指示用于指示一个所述基矢量所属的基矢量组，所述基矢量指示用于指示所述N个基矢量中每个基矢量在基矢量组中的局部索引，每个所述基矢量组内的基矢量是相互正交的；
S912，所述网络侧设备基于所述N个基矢量组指示和所述一个基矢量指示，确定N个基矢量的全局索引。
可选的，所述基矢量指示关联一个组合数，所述组合数用于指示所述N个基矢量中每个基矢量在基矢量组中的局部索引。
通过本申请实施例提供的技术方案，终端先指示基矢量组，再利用组合数进行联合编码来指示所有基矢量，避免每个基矢量独立指示，可以利用组合数的性质来减少基矢量偏移量指示开销。
本申请实施例提供的基矢量指示方法，执行主体可以为基矢量指示装置。本申请实施例中以基矢量指示装置执行基矢量指示方法为例，说明本申请实施例提供的基矢量指示装置。
本申请实施例提供一种基矢量指示装置，作为一种示例，基矢量指示装置可以是通信设备或通信设备中的部件，例如芯片。该通信设备可以是终端、网络侧设备或服务器等。示例性的，终端可以包括但不限于上述所列举的终端11的类型，网络侧设备可以包括但不限于上述所列举的网络侧设备12的类型，本申请实施例不作具体限定。
基矢量指示装置包括接收模块、发送模块和处理模块。其中，接收模块、发送模块和处理模块可以是通过软件实现，也可以通过硬件实现。当通过硬件实现时，处理模块可以由处理器实现，示例性的，处理器可以包括通用处理器、专用处理器等，例如包括中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit，CPU)、微处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor，DSP)、人工智能(Artificial Intelligent，AI)处理器、图形处理器(Graphics Processing Unit，GPU)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，ASIC)、网络处理器(Network Processor，NP)、现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、门电路、晶体管、分立硬件组件等。接收模块和发送模块可以由通信接口实现，通信接口可以包括收发器、管脚、电路、总线、射频单元等其中一种或多种。
具体的，参见图10，当基矢量指示装置为终端或终端中的部件时，基矢量指示装置1000包括处理模块1001，用于获取待反馈的N个第一基矢量信息，其中，所述N个第一基矢量信息中的每个第一基矢量信息关联一个基矢量，所述第一基矢量信息包括以下至少之一：基矢量指示、基矢量偏移量指示，N为大于0的整数；发送模块1002，用于向网络侧设备反馈M个指示信息和N个所述第一基矢量信息，其中，所述指示信息用于确定N个所述第一基矢量信息的负载大小，M为大于0的整数。
在一个可选的实现方式中，所述M个指示信息包括：M个状态信息，M个所述状态信息用于指示以下至少之一：
第一基矢量与第二基矢量之间的关系；
所述N个第一基矢量信息中是否存在第三基矢量关联的第一基矢量信息；
其中，所述第一基矢量为以下之一：预定义的一个基矢量、所述N个基矢量中的一个基矢量、所述终端指示的一个基矢量；所述第二基矢量为与所述第一基矢量正交的基矢量；所述第三基矢量为与所述第一基矢量和所述第二基矢量中的之一正交的基矢量。
在一个可选的实现方式中，所述第一基矢量与第二基矢量之间的关系包括：所述第一基矢量关联的第一基矢量序号与所述第二基矢量关联的第二基矢量序号之间的关系。
在一个可选的实现方式中，所述第一基矢量与第二基矢量之间的关系包括以下至少之一：
所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量位于相同的目标基矢量组，所述目标基矢量组包括以下之一：协议约定的一个基矢量组、网络侧设备指示的一个基矢量组；
所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量位于不同的目标基矢量组；
所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量基于第一维度正交；
所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量基于第一维度不正交；
所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量在第一维度上的基矢量索引相同；
所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量在第一维度上的基矢量索引不相同；
所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量基于基矢量关联的所有维度正交；
其中，所述第一维度为基矢量关联的多个维度中的一个维度。
在一个可选的实现方式中，多个不同的所述状态信息关联的第一基矢量信息的负载大小不完全相同。
在一个可选的实现方式中，所述M个指示信息包括：M个基矢量偏移量组指示，其中，M等于N；每个所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的负载大小为以下之一：
比特；
比特；
其中，N1为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的水平维度的向量长度，N2为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的垂直维度的向量长度。
在一个可选的实现方式中，所述N个基矢量中的任意一个基矢量关联的第一基矢量信息的负载大小为以下之一：
比特；
比特；
比特；
比特；
比特；
比特；
比特；
比特；
其中，O1为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的水平维度的过采样因子，O2为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的垂直维度的过采样因子。
在一个可选的实现方式中，N大于1；所述处理模块1001还用于确定信道状态信息报告和预编码矩阵指示中的至少之一关联的N个基矢量，其中，所述N个基矢量满足以下之一：
仅第二维度是正交的；
所有维度均是正交的；
至少一个维度是正交的；
其中，所述第二维度为基矢量关联的多个维度中的一个维度。
在一个可选的实现方式中，所述N个基矢量关联至少2个基矢量组，每个所述基矢量组中的至少2个基矢量满足以下之一：
仅第二维度是正交的；
所有维度均是正交的；
至少一个维度是正交的。
具体的，参见图11，当基矢量指示装置为终端或终端中的部件时，基矢量指示装置1100包括处理模块1101，用于基于至少一个参考基矢量，确定至少一个基矢量关联的至少一个第二基矢量信息，其中，所述第二基矢量信息包括以下之一：基矢量偏移量、基矢量索引；基于每个所述第二基矢量信息关联的目标参数的取值，确定每个所述第二基矢量信息的目标映射规则，其中，多个不同的取值的所述目标参数对应的目标映射规则不完全相同；基于每个所述第二基矢量信息的所述目标映射规则，将所述第二基矢量信息映射到正整数集合中的一个正整数；发送模块1102，用于向网络侧设备指示每个所述第二基矢量信息所映射的正整数。
在一个可选的实现方式中，所述基于至少一个参考基矢量，确定至少一个基矢量关联的至少一个第二基矢量信息，包括：
基于协议约定或网络侧设备的指示，确定所述终端向网络侧设备指示的至少一个参考基矢量；
基于所述至少一个参考基矢量，确定至少一个第二基矢量信息。
在一个可选的实现方式中，所述目标参数包括以下至少之一：
n1∈{0,1,…,N1-1}，其中，N1为水平方向的基矢量长度，n1为水平方向的一个正交基矢量组内的基矢量索引；
n2∈{0,1,…,N2-1}，N2为垂直方向的基矢量长度，n2为垂直方向的一个正交基矢量组内的基矢量索引；
o1∈{0,1,…,O1-1}，O1为水平方向的过采样因子，o1为水平方向正交基矢量组索引；
o2∈{0,1,…,O2-1}，O2为垂直方向的过采样因子，o2为垂直方向正交基矢量组索引；
l∈{0,1,…,O1*N1-1}，l为水平方向的基矢量索引；
m∈{0,1,…,O2*N2-1}，m为垂直方向的基矢量索引。
在一个可选的实现方式中，所述至少一个基矢量的数量大于或等于2；所述处理模块1101还用于确定信道状态信息报告和预编码矩阵指示中的至少之一关联的多个基矢量，其中，所述多个基矢量满足以下之一：
仅第二维度是正交的；
所有维度均是正交的；
至少一个维度是正交的；
其中，所述第二维度为基矢量关联的多个维度中的一个维度。
在一个可选的实现方式中，所述多个基矢量关联至少2个基矢量组，每个所述基矢量组中的至少2个基矢量满足以下之一：
仅第二维度是正交的；
所有维度均是正交的；
至少一个维度是正交的。
具体的，参见图12，当基矢量指示装置为终端或终端中的部件时，基矢量指示装置1200包括处理模块1201，用于确定待反馈的N个基矢量，其中，N为大于1的整数；发送模块1202，用于向网络侧设备反馈N个基矢量组指示和一个基矢量指示，其中，所述N个基矢量组指示的每个基矢量组指示用于指示一个所述基矢量所属的基矢量组，所述基矢量指示用于指示所述N个基矢量中每个基矢量在基矢量组中的局部索引，每个所述基矢量组中的基矢量是相互正交的。
在一个可选的实现方式中，所述基矢量指示关联一个组合数，所述组合数用于指示所述N个基矢量中每个基矢量在基矢量组中的局部索引。
在一个可选的实现方式中，处理模块1201确定待反馈的N个基矢量，包括以下之一：
从多个正交的基矢量组选择N个基矢量组，从所述N个基矢量组中的每个基矢量组确定一个待反馈的基矢量；
确定N个正交的基矢量，其中，每个基矢量关联多个正交的基矢量组中的一个基矢量组；
其中，所述N个基矢量组指示中的部分基矢量组指示相同。
在一个可选的实现方式中，处理模块1201还用于确定信道状态信息报告和预编码矩阵指示中的至少之一关联的所述N个基矢量，其中，所述N个基矢量满足以下之一：
仅第二维度是正交的；
所有维度均是正交的；
至少一个维度是正交的；
其中，所述第二维度为基矢量关联的多个维度中的一个维度。
在一个可选的实现方式中，所述N个基矢量关联至少2个基矢量组，每个所述基矢量组中的至少2个基矢量满足以下之一：
仅第二维度是正交的；
所有维度均是正交的；
至少一个维度是正交的。
参见图13，当基矢量指示装置为网络侧设备或网络侧设备中的部件时，基矢量指示装置1300包括接收模块1301，用于接收终端反馈的M个指示信息和N个第一基矢量信息，所述N个第一基矢量信息中的每个第一基矢量信息关联一个基矢量，所述第一基矢量信息包括以下至少之一：基矢量指示、基矢量偏移量指示，N为大于0的整数，所述指示信息用于确定N个所述第一基矢量信息的负载大小，M为大于0的整数；处理模块1302，用于基于所述M个指示信息确定N个所述第一基矢量信息的负载大小；基于确定的所述负载大小，解析所述N个基矢量关联的第一基矢量信息。
在一个可选的实现方式中，所述M个指示信息包括：M个状态信息，所述M个状态信息用于指示以下至少之一：
第一基矢量与第二基矢量之间的关系；
所述多个第一基矢量信息中是否存在第三基矢量关联的第一基矢量信息；
其中，所述第一基矢量为以下之一：预定义的一个基矢量、所述N个基矢量中的一个基矢量、所述终端指示的一个基矢量；所述第二基矢量为与所述第一基矢量正交的基矢量；所述第三基矢量为与所述第一基矢量和所述第二基矢量中的之一正交的基矢量。
在一个可选的实现方式中，所述第一基矢量与第二基矢量之间的关系包括：所述第一基矢量关联的第一基矢量序号与所述第二基矢量关联的第二基矢量序号之间的关系。
在一个可选的实现方式中，所述第一基矢量与第二基矢量之间的关系包括以下至少之一：
所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量位于相同的目标基矢量组，所述目标基矢量组包括以下之一：协议约定的一个基矢量组、网络侧设备指示的一个基矢量组；
所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量位于不同的目标基矢量组；
所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量基于第一维度正交；
所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量基于第一维度不正交；
所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量在第一维度上的基矢量索引相同；
所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量在第一维度上的基矢量索引不相同；
所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量基于基矢量关联的所有维度正交；
其中，所述第一维度为基矢量关联的多个维度中的一个维度。
在一个可选的实现方式中，多个不同的所述状态信息关联的第一基矢量信息的负载大小不完全相同。
在一个可选的实现方式中，所述M个指示信息包括：M个基矢量偏移量组指示，其中，M等于N；每个所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的负载大小为以下之一：
比特；
比特；
其中，N1为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的水平维度的向量长度，N2为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的垂直维度的向量长度。
在一个可选的实现方式中，所述N个基矢量中的任意一个基矢量关联的第一基矢量信息的负载大小为以下之一：
比特；
比特；
比特；
比特；
比特；
比特；
比特；
比特；
其中，O1为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的水平维度的过采样因子，O2为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的垂直维度的过采样因子。
参见图14，当基矢量指示装置为网络侧设备或网络侧设备中的部件时，基矢量指示装置1400包括接收模块1401，用于接收终端指示每个第二基矢量信息所映射的正整数，其中，所述第二基矢量信息包括以下之一：基矢量偏移量、基矢量索引；处理模块1402，用于基于终端指示的正整数，确定每个所述第二基矢量信息的目标映射规则，其中，多个不同的正整数对应的目标映射规则不完全相同；基于每个所述第二基矢量信息关联的所述目标映射规则和关联的所述正整数，获取每个所述正整数映射的第二基矢量信息。
在一个可选的实现方式中，接收模块1401还用于接收所述终端指示的至少一个参考基矢量；处理模块1402用于基于所述至少一个参考基矢量和每个所述正整数映射的第二基矢量信息，获取基矢量。
在一个可选的实现方式中，所述目标参数包括以下至少之一：
n1∈{0,1,…,N1-1}，其中，N1为水平方向的基矢量长度，n1为水平方向的一个正交基矢量组内的基矢量索引；
n2∈{0,1,…,N2-1}，N2为垂直方向的基矢量长度，n2为垂直方向的一个正交基矢量组内的基矢量索引；
o1∈{0,1,…,O1-1}，O1为水平方向的过采样因子，o1为水平方向正交基矢量组索引；
o2∈{0,1,…,O2-1}，O2为垂直方向的过采样因子，o2为垂直方向正交基矢量组索引；
l∈{0,1,…,O1*N1-1}，l为水平方向的基矢量索引；
m∈{0,1,…,O2*N2-1}，m为垂直方向的基矢量索引。
参见图15，当基矢量指示装置为网络侧设备或网络侧设备中的部件时，基矢量指示装置1500包括接收模块1501，用于接收终端反馈的N个基矢量组指示和一个基矢量指示，其中，所述N个基矢量组指示的每个基矢量组指示用于指示一个所述基矢量所属的基矢量组，所述基矢量指示用于指示所述N个基矢量中每个基矢量在基矢量组中的局部索引，每个所述基矢量组中的基矢量是相互正交的；处理模块1502，用于基于所述N个基矢量组指示和所述一个基矢量指示，确定N个基矢量的全局索引。
在一个可选的实现方式中，所述基矢量指示关联一个组合数，所述组合数用于指示所述N个基矢量中每个基矢量在基矢量组中的局部索引。
本申请实施例提供的基矢量指示装置能够实现图2至图9的方法实施例实现的各个过程，并达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。
如图16所示，本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备1600，包括处理器1601和存储器1602，存储器1602上存储有可在所述处理器1601上运行的程序或指令，例如，该通信设备1600为终端时，该程序或指令被处理器1601执行时实现上述终端执行的基矢量指示方法实施例的各个步骤，且能达到相同的技术效果。该通信设备1600为网络侧设备时，该程序或指令被处理器1601执行时实现上述网络侧设备执行的基矢量指示方法实施例的各个步骤，且能达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。
本申请实施例还提供一种终端，包括处理器和通信接口，所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合，所述处理器用于运行程序或指令，实现如图2、4和6所示方法实施例中的步骤。该终端实施例与上述终端侧方法实施例对应，上述方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该终端实施例中，且能达到相同的技术效果。该终端可以是图10至12所示的基矢量指示装置。具体地，图17为实现本申请实施例的一种终端的硬件结构示意图。
该终端1700包括但不限于：射频单元1701、网络模块1702、音频输出单元1703、输入单元1704、传感器1705、显示单元1706、用户输入单元1707、接口单元1708、存储器1709以及处理器1710等中的至少部分部件。
本领域技术人员可以理解，终端1700还可以包括给各个部件供电的电源(比如电池)，电源可以通过电源管理系统与处理器1710逻辑相连，从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电以及功耗管理等功能。图17中示出的终端结构并不构成对终端的限定，终端可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者不同的部件布置，在此不再赘述。
应理解的是，本申请实施例中，输入单元1704可以包括图形处理器17041和麦克风17042，图形处理器17041对在视频捕获模式或图像捕获模式中由图像捕获装置(如摄像头)获得的静态图片或视频的图像数据进行处理。显示单元1706可包括显示面板17061，可以采用液晶显示器、有机发光二极管等形式来配置显示面板17061。用户输入单元1707包括触控面板17071以及其他输入设备17072中的至少一种。触控面板17071，也称为触摸屏。触控面板17071可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。其他输入设备17072可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标、操作杆，在此不再赘述。
本申请实施例中，射频单元1701接收来自网络侧设备的下行数据后，可以传输给处理器1710进行处理；另外，射频单元1701可以向网络侧设备发送上行数据。通常，射频单元1701包括但不限于天线、放大器、收发器、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。
存储器1709可用于存储软件程序或指令以及各种数据。存储器1709可主要包括存储程序或指令的第一存储区和存储数据的第二存储区，其中，第一存储区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序或指令(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等。此外，存储器1709可以包括易失性存储器或非易失性存储器。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)，静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM，DDRSDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synch link DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM，DRRAM)。本申请实施例中的存储器1709包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
处理器1710可包括一个或多个处理单元；可选的，处理器1710集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器，其中，应用处理器主要处理涉及操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等的操作，调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信信号，如基带处理器。可以理解的是，上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器1710中。
其中，处理器1710，用于获取待反馈的N个基矢量关联的基矢量信息，其中，所述基矢量信息包括以下至少之一：基矢量指示、基矢量偏移量指示，N为大于0的整数；射频单元1701，用于向网络侧设备反馈M个指示信息和N个所述基矢量信息，其中，所述指示信息用于确定N个所述基矢量信息的负载大小，M为大于0的整数。或者，
处理器1710，用于基于至少一个参考基矢量，确定至少一个基矢量关联的至少一个基矢量信息，其中，所述基矢量信息包括以下之一：基矢量偏移量、基矢量索引；基于每个所述基矢量信息关联的目标参数的取值，确定每个所述基矢量信息的目标映射规则，其中，多个不同的取值的所述目标参数对应的目标映射规则不完全相同；基于每个所述基矢量信息的所述目标映射规则，将所述基矢量信息映射到正整数集合中的一个正整数；射频单元1701，用于向网络侧设备指示每个所述基矢量信息所映射的正整数。或者，
处理器1710，用于确定待反馈的N个基矢量，其中，N为大于1的整数；射频单元1701，用于向网络侧设备反馈N个基矢量组指示和一个基矢量指示，其中，所述N个基矢量组指示的每个基矢量组指示用于指示一个所述基矢量所属的基矢量组，所述基矢量指示用于指示所述N个基矢量中每个基矢量在基矢量组中的局部索引，每个所述基矢量组中的基矢量是相互正交的。
可以理解，本实施例中提及的各实现方式的实现过程可以参照方法实施例的相关描述，并达到相同或相应的技术效果，为避免重复，在此不再赘述。
本申请实施例还提供一种网络侧设备，包括处理器和通信接口，所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合，所述处理器用于运行程序或指令，实现如图3、5和9所示的方法实施例的步骤。该网络侧设备实施例与上述网络侧设备方法实施例对应，上述方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该网络侧设备实施例中，且能达到相同的技术效果。
具体地，本申请实施例还提供了一种网络侧设备，该网络侧设备可以是图13至图15所示的基矢量指示装置。如图18所示，该网络侧设备1800包括：天线181、射频装置182、基带装置183、处理器184和存储器185。天线181与射频装置182连接。在上行方向上，射频装置182通过天线181接收信息，将接收的信息发送给基带装置183进行处理。在下行方向上，基带装置183对要发送的信息进行处理，并发送给射频装置182，射频装置182对收到的信息进行处理后经过天线181发送出去。
以上实施例中网络侧设备执行的方法可以在基带装置183中实现，该基带装置183包括基带处理器。
基带装置183例如可以包括至少一个基带板，该基带板上设置有多个芯片，如图18所示，其中一个芯片例如为基带处理器，通过总线接口与存储器185连接，以调用存储器185中的程序，执行以上方法实施例中所示的网络设备操作。
该网络侧设备还可以包括网络接口186，该接口例如为通用公共无线接口(Common Public Radio Interface，CPRI)。
具体地，本申请实施例的网络侧设备1800还包括：存储在存储器185上并可在处理器184上运行的指令或程序，处理器184调用存储器185中的指令或程序执行图13至图15所示各模块执行的方法，并达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，故不在此赘述。
本申请实施例还提供一种可读存储介质，所述可读存储介质上存储有程序或指令，该程序或指令被处理器执行时实现上述基矢量指示方法实施例的各个过程，且能达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。
其中，所述处理器为上述实施例中所述的终端中的处理器。所述可读存储介质，包括计算机可读存储介质，如计算机只读存储器ROM、随机存取存储器RAM、磁碟或者光盘等。在一些示例中，可读存储介质可以是非瞬态的可读存储介质。
本申请实施例另提供了一种芯片，所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口，所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合，所述处理器用于运行程序或指令，实现上述基矢量指示方法实施例的各个过程，且能达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。
应理解，本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片，系统芯片，芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。
本申请实施例另提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品，所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在存储介质中，所述计算机程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现上述基矢量指示方法实施例的各个过程，且能达到相同的技术效果，为避免重复，这里不再赘述。
本申请实施例还提供了一种无线通信系统，包括：终端及网络侧设备，所述终端可用于执行如上所述的基矢量指示方法200、400或600的步骤，所述网络侧设备可用于执行如上所述的基矢量指示方法300、500或900的步骤。
需要说明的是，在本文中，术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含，从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置不仅包括那些要素，而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素，或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者装置所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下，由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素，并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置中还存在另外的相同要素。此外，需要指出的是，本申请实施方式中的方法和装置的范围不限按示出或讨论的顺序来执行功能，还可包括根据所涉及的功能按基本同时的方式或按相反的顺序来执行功能，例如，可以按不同于所描述的次序来执行所描述的方法，并且还可以添加、省去或组合各种步骤。另外，参照某些示例所描述的特征可在其他示例中被组合。
通过以上的实施方式的描述，本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到上述实施例方法可借助计算机软件产品加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现，当然也可以通过硬件。该计算机软件产品存储在存储介质(如ROM、RAM、磁碟、光盘等)中，包括若干指令，用以使得终端或者网络侧设备执行本申请各个实施例所述的方法。
上面结合附图对本申请的实施例进行了描述，但是本申请并不局限于上述的具体实施方式，上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的，而不是限制性的，本领域的普通技术人员在本申请的启示下，在不脱离本申请宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下，还可做出很多形式的实施方式，这些实施方式均属于本申请的保护之内。

Claims (52)

  1. 一种基矢量指示方法，包括：
    终端获取待反馈的N个第一基矢量信息，其中，所述N个第一基矢量信息中的每个第一基矢量信息关联一个基矢量，所述第一基矢量信息包括以下至少之一：基矢量指示、基矢量偏移量指示，N为大于0的整数；
    所述终端向网络侧设备反馈M个指示信息和N个所述第一基矢量信息，其中，所述指示信息用于确定N个所述第一基矢量信息的负载大小，M为大于0的整数。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述M个指示信息包括：M个状态信息，M个所述状态信息用于指示以下至少之一：
    第一基矢量与第二基矢量之间的关系；
    所述N个第一基矢量信息中是否存在第三基矢量关联的第一基矢量信息；
    其中，所述第一基矢量为以下之一：预定义的一个基矢量、所述N个基矢量中的一个基矢量、所述终端指示的一个基矢量；所述第二基矢量为与所述第一基矢量正交的基矢量；所述第三基矢量为与所述第一基矢量和所述第二基矢量中的之一正交的基矢量。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其中，所述第一基矢量与第二基矢量之间的关系包括：所述第一基矢量关联的第一基矢量序号与所述第二基矢量关联的第二基矢量序号之间的关系。
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法，其中，所述第一基矢量与第二基矢量之间的关系包括以下至少之一：
    所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量位于相同的目标基矢量组，所述目标基矢量组包括以下之一：协议约定的一个基矢量组、网络侧设备指示的一个基矢量组；
    所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量位于不同的目标基矢量组；
    所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量基于第一维度正交；
    所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量基于第一维度不正交；
    所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量在第一维度上的基矢量索引相同；
    所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量在第一维度上的基矢量索引不相同；
    所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量基于基矢量关联的所有维度正交；
    其中，所述第一维度为基矢量关联的多个维度中的一个维度。
  5. 根据权利要求2至4任一项所述的方法，其中，多个不同的所述状态信息关联的第一基矢量信息的负载大小不完全相同。
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述M个指示信息包括：M个基矢量偏移量组指示，其中，M等于N；每个所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的负载大小为以下之一：
    比特；
    比特；
    其中，N1为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的水平维度的向量长度，N2为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的垂直维度的向量长度。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其中，所述N个基矢量中的任意一个基矢量关联的第一基矢量信息的负载大小为以下之一：
    比特；
    比特；
    比特；
    比特；
    比特；
    比特；
    比特；
    比特；
    其中，O1为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的水平维度的过采样因子，O2为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的垂直维度的过采样因子。
  8. 根据权利要求1至7任一项所述的方法，其中，N大于1；所述方法还包括：
    所述终端确定信道状态信息报告和预编码矩阵指示中的至少之一关联的N个基矢量，其中，所述N个基矢量与所述N个第一基矢量信息关联，所述N个基矢量满足以下之一：
    仅第二维度是正交的；
    所有维度均是正交的；
    至少一个维度是正交的；
    其中，所述第二维度为基矢量关联的多个维度中的一个维度。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其中，所述N个基矢量关联至少2个基矢量组，每个所述基矢量组中的至少2个基矢量满足以下之一：
    仅第二维度是正交的；
    所有维度均是正交的；
    至少一个维度是正交的。
  10. 一种基矢量指示方法，包括：
    终端基于至少一个参考基矢量，确定至少一个基矢量关联的至少一个第二基矢量信息，其中，所述第二基矢量信息包括以下之一：基矢量偏移量、基矢量索引；
    所述终端基于每个所述第二基矢量信息关联的目标参数的取值，确定每个所述第二基矢量信息的目标映射规则，其中，多个不同的取值的所述目标参数对应的目标映射规则不完全相同；
    所述终端基于每个所述第二基矢量信息的所述目标映射规则，将所述第二基矢量信息映射到正整数集合中的一个正整数；
    所述终端向网络侧设备指示每个所述第二基矢量信息所映射的正整数。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其中，所述终端基于至少一个参考基矢量，确定至少一个基矢量关联的至少一个第二基矢量信息，包括：
    所述终端基于协议约定或网络侧设备的指示，确定所述终端至少一个参考基矢量；
    所述终端基于所述至少一个参考基矢量，确定至少一个第二基矢量信息。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：所述终端向网络侧设备指示所述至少一个参考基矢量。
  13. 根据权利要求10至12任一项所述的方法，其中，所述目标参数包括以下至少之一：
    n1∈{0,1,…,N1-1}，其中，N1为水平方向的基矢量长度，n1为水平方向的一个正交基矢量组内的基矢量索引；
    n2∈{0,1,…,N2-1}，N2为垂直方向的基矢量长度，n2为垂直方向的一个正交基矢量组内的基矢量索引；
    o1∈{0,1,…,O1-1}，O1为水平方向的过采样因子，o1为水平方向正交基矢量组索引；
    o2∈{0,1,…,O2-1}，O2为垂直方向的过采样因子，o2为垂直方向正交基矢量组索引；
    l∈{0,1,…,O1*N1-1}，l为水平方向的基矢量索引；
    m∈{0,1,…,O2*N2-1}，m为垂直方向的基矢量索引。
  14. 根据权利要求10至13任一项所述的方法，其中，所述至少一个基矢量的数量大于或等于2；所述方法还包括：
    所述终端确定信道状态信息报告和预编码矩阵指示中的至少之一关联的多个基矢量，其中，所述多个基矢量满足以下之一：
    仅第三维度是正交的；
    所有维度均是正交的；
    至少一个维度是正交的；
    其中，所述第三维度为基矢量关联的多个维度中的一个维度。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其中，所述多个基矢量关联至少2个基矢量组，每个所述基矢量组中的至少2个基矢量满足以下之一：
    仅第三维度是正交的；
    所有维度均是正交的；
    至少一个维度是正交的。
  16. 一种基矢量指示方法，包括：
    终端确定待反馈的N个基矢量，其中，N为大于1的整数；
    所述终端向网络侧设备反馈N个基矢量组指示和一个基矢量指示，其中，所述N个基矢量组指示的每个基矢量组指示用于指示一个所述基矢量所属的基矢量组，所述基矢量指示用于指示所述N个基矢量中每个基矢量在基矢量组中的局部索引，每个所述基矢量组内的基矢量是相互正交的。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其中，所述基矢量指示关联一个组合数，所述组合数用于指示所述N个基矢量中每个基矢量在基矢量组中的局部索引。
  18. 根据权利要求16或17所述的方法，其中，所述终端确定待反馈的N个基矢量，包括以下之一：
    所述终端从多个正交的基矢量组选择N个基矢量组，从所述N个基矢量组中的每个基矢量组确定一个待反馈的基矢量；
    所述终端确定N个正交的基矢量，其中，每个所述基矢量关联多个正交的基矢量组中的一个基矢量组。
  19. 根据权利要求16至18任一项所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端确定信道状态信息报告和预编码矩阵指示中的至少之一关联的所述N个基矢量，其中，所述N个基矢量满足以下之一：
    仅第四维度是正交的；
    所有维度均是正交的；
    至少一个维度是正交的；
    其中，所述第四维度为基矢量关联的多个维度中的一个维度。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其中，所述N个基矢量关联至少2个基矢量组，每个所述基矢量组中的至少2个基矢量满足以下之一：
    仅第四维度是正交的；
    所有维度均是正交的；
    至少一个维度是正交的。
  21. 一种基矢量指示方法，包括：
    网络侧设备接收终端反馈的M个指示信息和N个第一基矢量信息，所述N个第一基矢量信息中的每个第一基矢量信息关联一个基矢量，所述第一基矢量信息包括以下至少之一：基矢量指示、基矢量偏移量指示，N为大于0的整数，所述指示信息用于确定N个所述基矢量信息的负载大小，M为大于0的整数；
    所述网络侧设备基于所述M个指示信息确定N个所述第一基矢量信息的负载大小；
    所述网络侧设备基于确定的所述负载大小，解析N个基矢量关联的N个第一基矢量信息。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法，其中，所述M个指示信息包括：M个状态信息，所述M个状态信息用于指示以下至少之一：
    第一基矢量与第二基矢量之间的关系；
    所述N个第一基矢量信息中是否存在第三基矢量关联的第一基矢量信息；
    其中，所述第一基矢量为以下之一：预定义的一个基矢量、所述N个基矢量中的一个基矢量、所述终端指示的一个基矢量；所述第二基矢量为与所述第一基矢量正交的基矢量；所述第三基矢量为与所述第一基矢量和所述第二基矢量中的之一正交的基矢量。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法，其中，所述第一基矢量与第二基矢量之间的关系包括：所述第一基矢量关联的第一基矢量序号与所述第二基矢量关联的第二基矢量序号之间的关系。
  24. 根据权利要求22或23所述的方法，其中，所述第一基矢量与第二基矢量之间的关系包括以下至少之一：
    所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量位于相同的目标基矢量组，所述目标基矢量组包括以下之一：协议约定的一个基矢量组、网络侧设备指示的一个基矢量组；
    所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量位于不同的目标基矢量组；
    所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量基于第一维度正交；
    所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量基于第一维度不正交；
    所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量在第一维度上的基矢量索引相同；
    所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量在第一维度上的基矢量索引不相同；
    所述第一基矢量与所述第二基矢量基于基矢量关联的所有维度正交；
    其中，所述第一维度为基矢量关联的多个维度中的一个维度。
  25. 根据权利要求22至24任一项所述的方法，其中，多个不同的所述状态信息关联的第一基矢量信息的负载大小不完全相同。
  26. 根据权利要求21所述的方法，其中，所述M个指示信息包括：M个基矢量偏移量组指示，其中，M等于N；每个所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的负载大小为以下之一：
    比特；
    比特；
    其中，N1为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的水平维度的向量长度，N2为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的垂直维度的向量长度。
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法，其中，所述N个基矢量中的任意一个基矢量关联的第一基矢量信息的负载大小为以下之一：
    比特；
    比特；
    比特；
    比特；
    比特；
    比特；
    比特；
    比特；
    其中，O1为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的水平维度的过采样因子，O2为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的垂直维度的过采样因子。
  28. 一种基矢量指示方法，包括：
    网络侧设备接收终端指示每个第二基矢量信息所映射的正整数，其中，所述第二基矢量信息包括以下之一：基矢量偏移量、基矢量索引；
    所述网络侧设备基于终端指示的正整数，确定每个所述第二基矢量信息的目标映射规则，其中，多个不同的正整数对应的目标映射规则不完全相同；
    所述网络侧设备基于每个所述第二基矢量信息关联的所述目标映射规则和关联的所述正整数，获取每个所述正整数映射的第二基矢量信息。
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络侧设备接收所述终端指示的至少一个参考基矢量；
    所述网络侧设备基于所述至少一个参考基矢量和每个所述正整数映射的第二基矢量信息，获取基矢量。
  30. 根据权利要求28或29所述的方法，其中，所述目标参数包括以下至少之一：
    n1∈{0,1,…,N1-1}，其中，N1为水平方向的基矢量长度，n1为水平方向的一个正交基矢量组内的基矢量索引；
    n2∈{0,1,…,N2-1}，N2为垂直方向的基矢量长度，n2为垂直方向的一个正交基矢量组内的基矢量索引；
    o1∈{0,1,…,O1-1}，O1为水平方向的过采样因子，o1为水平方向正交基矢量组索引；
    o2∈{0,1,…,O2-1}，O2为垂直方向的过采样因子，o2为垂直方向正交基矢量组索引；
    l∈{0,1,…,O1*N1-1}，l为水平方向的基矢量索引；
    m∈{0,1,…,O2*N2-1}，m为垂直方向的基矢量索引。
  31. 一种基矢量指示方法，包括：
    网络侧设备接收终端反馈的N个基矢量组指示和一个基矢量指示，其中，所述N个基矢量组指示的每个基矢量组指示用于指示一个所述基矢量所属的基矢量组，所述基矢量指示用于指示所述N个基矢量中每个基矢量在基矢量组中的局部索引，每个所述基矢量组内的基矢量是相互正交的；
    所述网络侧设备基于所述N个基矢量组指示和所述一个基矢量指示，确定N个基矢量的全局索引。
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其中，所述基矢量指示关联一个组合数，所述组合数用于指示所述N个基矢量中每个基矢量在基矢量组中的局部索引。
  33. 一种基矢量指示装置，包括：
    处理模块，用于获取待反馈的N个第一基矢量信息，其中，所述N个第一基矢量信息中的每个第一基矢量信息关联一个基矢量，所述第一基矢量信息包括以下至少之一：基矢量指示、基矢量偏移量指示，N为大于0的整数；
    发送模块，用于向网络侧设备反馈M个指示信息和N个所述基矢量信息，其中，所述指示信息用于确定N个所述第一基矢量信息的负载大小，M为大于0的整数。
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的装置，其中，所述M个指示信息包括：M个状态信息，所述M个状态信息用于指示以下至少之一：
    第一基矢量与第二基矢量之间的关系；
    所述N个第一基矢量信息中是否存在第三基矢量关联的基矢量信息；
    其中，所述第一基矢量为以下之一：预定义的一个基矢量、所述N个基矢量中的一个基矢量、终端指示的一个基矢量；所述第二基矢量为与所述第一基矢量正交的基矢量；所述第三基矢量为与所述第一基矢量和所述第二基矢量中的之一正交的基矢量。
  35. 根据权利要求33所述的装置，其中，所述M个指示信息包括：M个基矢量偏移量组指示，其中，M等于N；每个所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的负载大小为以下之一：
    比特；
    比特；
    其中，N1为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的水平维度的向量长度，N2为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的垂直维度的向量长度。
  36. 根据权利要求33至35任一项所述的装置，其中，所述处理模块还用于确定信道状态信息报告和预编码矩阵指示中的至少之一关联的N个基矢量，其中，所述N个基矢量满足以下之一：
    仅第二维度是正交的；
    所有维度均是正交的；
    至少一个维度是正交的；
    其中，所述第二维度为基矢量关联的多个维度中的一个维度。
  37. 一种基矢量指示装置，包括：
    处理模块，用于基于至少一个参考基矢量，确定至少一个基矢量关联的至少一个第二基矢量信息，其中，所述第二基矢量信息包括以下之一：基矢量偏移量、基矢量索引；基于每个所述第二基矢量信息关联的目标参数的取值，确定每个所述第二基矢量信息的目标映射规则，其中，多个不同的取值的所述目标参数对应的目标映射规则不完全相同；基于每个所述第二基矢量信息的所述目标映射规则，将所述第二基矢量信息映射到正整数集合中的一个正整数；
    发送模块，用于向网络侧设备指示每个所述第二基矢量信息所映射的正整数。
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的装置，其中，所述基于至少一个参考基矢量，确定至少一个基矢量关联的至少一个第二基矢量信息，包括：
    基于协议约定或网络侧设备的指示，确定所述至少一个参考基矢量；
    基于所述至少一个参考基矢量，确定至少一个第二基矢量信息。
  39. 根据权利要求37或38所述的装置，其中，所述至少一个基矢量的数量大于或等于2；所述处理模块还用于确定信道状态信息报告和预编码矩阵指示中的至少之一关联的多个基矢量，其中，所述多个基矢量满足以下之一：
    仅第三维度是正交的；
    所有维度均是正交的；
    至少一个维度是正交的；
    其中，所述第三维度为基矢量关联的多个维度中的一个维度。
  40. 一种基矢量指示装置，包括：
    处理模块，用于确定待反馈的N个基矢量，其中，N为大于1的整数；
    发送模块，用于向网络侧设备反馈N个基矢量组指示和一个基矢量指示，其中，所述N个基矢量组指示的每个基矢量组指示用于指示一个所述基矢量所属的基矢量组，所述基矢量指示用于指示所述N个基矢量中每个基矢量在基矢量组中的局部索引，每个所述基矢量组内的基矢量是相互正交的。
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的装置，其中，所述确定待反馈的N个基矢量，包括以下之一：
    从多个正交的基矢量组选择N个基矢量组，从所述N个基矢量组中的每个基矢量组确定一个待反馈的基矢量；
    确定N个正交的基矢量，其中，每个所述基矢量关联多个正交的基矢量组中的一个基矢量组。
  42. 根据权利要求40或41所述的装置，其中，所述处理模块还用于确定信道状态信息报告和预编码矩阵指示中的至少之一关联的所述N个基矢量，其中，所述N个基矢量满足以下之一：
    仅第四维度是正交的；
    所有维度均是正交的；
    至少一个维度是正交的；
    其中，所述第四维度为基矢量关联的多个维度中的一个维度。
  43. 一种基矢量指示装置，包括：
    接收模块，用于接收终端反馈的M个指示信息和N个第一基矢量信息，所述N个第一基矢量信息中的每个第一基矢量信息关联一个基矢量，所述第一基矢量信息包括以下至少之一：基矢量指示、基矢量偏移量指示，N为大于0的整数，所述指示信息用于确定N个所述基矢量信息的负载大小，M为大于0的整数；
    处理模块，用于基于所述M个指示信息确定N个所述第一基矢量信息的负载大小；基于确定的所述负载大小，解析N个基矢量关联的N个第一基矢量信息。
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的装置，其中，所述M个指示信息包括：M个状态信息，所述M个状态信息用于指示以下至少之一：
    第一基矢量与第二基矢量之间的关系；
    所述N个第一基矢量信息中是否存在第三基矢量关联的第一基矢量信息；
    其中，所述第一基矢量为以下之一：预定义的一个基矢量、所述N个基矢量中的一个基矢量、所述终端指示的一个基矢量；所述第二基矢量为与所述第一基矢量正交的基矢量；所述第三基矢量为与所述第一基矢量和所述第二基矢量中的之一正交的基矢量。
  45. 根据权利要求43所述的装置，其中，所述M个指示信息包括：M个基矢量偏移量组指示，其中，M等于N；每个所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的负载大小为以下之一：
    比特；
    比特；
    其中，N1为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的水平维度的向量长度，N2为所述基矢量偏移量组指示关联的基矢量的垂直维度的向量长度。
  46. 一种基矢量指示装置，包括：
    接收模块，用于接收终端指示每个第二基矢量信息所映射的正整数，其中，所述第二基矢量信息包括以下之一：基矢量偏移量、基矢量索引；
    处理模块，用于基于终端指示的正整数，确定每个所述第二基矢量信息的目标映射规则，其中，多个不同的正整数对应的目标映射规则不完全相同；基于每个所述第二基矢量信息关联的所述目标映射规则和关联的所述正整数，获取每个所述正整数映射的第二基矢量信息。
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的装置，其中，
    所述接收模块还用于接收所述终端指示的至少一个参考基矢量；
    所述处理模块还用于基于所述至少一个参考基矢量和每个所述正整数映射的第二基矢量信息，获取基矢量。
  48. 一种基矢量指示装置，包括：
    接收模块，用于接收终端反馈的N个基矢量组指示和一个基矢量指示，其中，所述N个基矢量组指示的每个基矢量组指示用于指示一个所述基矢量所属的基矢量组，所述基矢量指示用于指示所述N个基矢量中每个基矢量在基矢量组中的局部索引，每个所述基矢量组内的基矢量是相互正交的；
    处理模块，用于基于所述N个基矢量组指示和所述一个基矢量指示，确定N个基矢量的全局索引。
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的装置，其中，所述基矢量指示关联一个组合数，所述组合数用于指示所述N个基矢量中每个基矢量在基矢量组中的局部索引。
  50. 一种终端，包括处理器和存储器，所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令，所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至20任一项所述的基矢量指示方法的步骤。
  51. 一种网络侧设备，包括处理器和存储器，所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令，所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求21至32任一项所述的基矢量指示方法的步骤。
  52. 一种可读存储介质，所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令，所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至32任一项所述的基矢量指示方法的步骤。
PCT/CN2025/108071 2024-07-15 2025-07-11 基矢量指示方法、装置、终端及网络侧设备 Pending WO2026016972A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202410946043.2 2024-07-15
CN202410946043.2A CN121357603A (zh) 2024-07-15 2024-07-15 基矢量指示方法、装置、终端及网络侧设备

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2026016972A1 true WO2026016972A1 (zh) 2026-01-22

Family

ID=98405123

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2025/108071 Pending WO2026016972A1 (zh) 2024-07-15 2025-07-11 基矢量指示方法、装置、终端及网络侧设备

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN121357603A (zh)
WO (1) WO2026016972A1 (zh)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20230283344A1 (en) * 2022-03-01 2023-09-07 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Csi codebook for multi-trp
US20230361833A1 (en) * 2021-01-15 2023-11-09 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Channel state information reporting method and related device
CN117320060A (zh) * 2022-06-16 2023-12-29 维沃移动通信有限公司 联合传输的pmi参数反馈方法、终端及网络侧设备
CN118264281A (zh) * 2022-12-26 2024-06-28 维沃移动通信有限公司 Pmi参数的共享方法、终端及网络侧设备

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20230361833A1 (en) * 2021-01-15 2023-11-09 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Channel state information reporting method and related device
US20230283344A1 (en) * 2022-03-01 2023-09-07 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Csi codebook for multi-trp
CN117320060A (zh) * 2022-06-16 2023-12-29 维沃移动通信有限公司 联合传输的pmi参数反馈方法、终端及网络侧设备
CN118264281A (zh) * 2022-12-26 2024-06-28 维沃移动通信有限公司 Pmi参数的共享方法、终端及网络侧设备

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN121357603A (zh) 2026-01-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201911904A (zh) 資料傳輸方法、基地台和終端
KR102939814B1 (ko) Pmi 보고 및 사용을 위한 조합 인디케이터에 대한 윈도우 fd 기반의 매핑
WO2023241643A1 (zh) 联合传输的pmi参数反馈方法、终端及网络侧设备
WO2022247483A1 (zh) 一种信道信息上报方法及相关装置
CN110324071B (zh) 一种tpmi的传输方法、接收端和发送端
WO2023222093A1 (zh) 多trp联合传输的pmi参数的反馈方法、装置、终端及网络侧设备
WO2023202717A1 (zh) 一种上行数据传输方法及终端设备
WO2025228266A1 (zh) Csi确定方法、终端及网络侧设备
WO2024026797A1 (zh) 上行mimo传输的预编码矩阵确定方法及其装置
WO2026016972A1 (zh) 基矢量指示方法、装置、终端及网络侧设备
WO2024061263A1 (zh) Pmi组合系数的发送方法、装置及终端
US10938458B2 (en) Method for indicating precoding information, user equipment, and access network entity
WO2024007918A1 (zh) 预编码矩阵指示、确定方法、装置、网络侧设备及终端
WO2024000179A1 (zh) 一种上行mimo传输的天线全相干传输码字的确定方法及其装置
CN118264281A (zh) Pmi参数的共享方法、终端及网络侧设备
US20250055516A1 (en) Pmi feedback method and device for multi-trp transmission, terminal, and network-side device
WO2026046088A1 (zh) 传输参数指示方法、装置、终端及网络侧设备
WO2024169583A1 (zh) 信息传输方法及装置
WO2025201410A1 (zh) 信道状态信息报告的反馈方法、终端及网络侧设备
WO2023197953A1 (zh) 预编码矩阵的反馈方法、终端及网络侧设备
WO2025021105A1 (zh) Csi反馈方法、装置、终端、网络侧设备及介质
WO2026046090A1 (zh) 相位信息指示方法、装置、终端及网络侧设备
WO2025036327A1 (zh) 预编码矩阵指示的反馈方法、终端及网络侧设备
WO2026056753A1 (zh) 信道状态信息csi的传输方法、终端及网络侧设备
WO2023151593A1 (zh) 预编码指示方法、装置、通信设备、系统及存储介质

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 25840193

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1